Fuji Electric Monitouch V8 Series Connection Manual

Download

Connection Manual

series

Record of Revisions

Reference numbers are shown at the bottom left corner on the back cover of each manual.

Printing Date Reference No. Revised Contents January, 2008 2201NE0 First edition April, 2008 2201NE1 Second edition

• “Connection Compatibility List” updated

• V806 series added

• Connected devices added

OMRON, Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems, Hitachi, Fuji Electric, KOYO ELECTRONICS, ALLEN BRADLEY, Siemens, KEYENCE, Automationdirect, Yamatake, RKC, SHINKO TECHNOS, IAI

• Modifications according to additional printing

April, 2009 2201NE2 Third edition

• “Connection Compatibility List” updated

• Connected devices added

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, Panasonic, Yokogawa Electric, Fuji Electric, TOSHIBA MACHINE, RKC

• Partial amendment

May, 2009 2201NE3 Forth edition

• “Connection Compatibility List” updated

• Connected devices added

ALLEN BRADLEY, GE Fanuc, SAIA, Siemens, MODBUS

• Partial amendment

May, 2010 2201NE4 Fifth edition

• Connected devices added

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, KEYENCE

• Partial amendment

October, 2010 2201NE5 Sixth edition

• Connected devices added

TOSHIBA, LS, FANUC, Fatek Automation, EATON, BECKHOFF Yaskawa Electric, SIEMENS, Fuji Electric, Hitachi

• USB barcode

• Partial amendment

April, 2011 2201NE6 Seventh edition

• Connected devices added

OMRON, Siemens, SHARP, IDEC, Yokogawa Electric, Fuji Electric, TOSHIBA, Yamatake, CHINO, UNIPULSE, TOHO

• Partial amendment

• Errors in IAI corrected

June, 2011 2201NE7 Eighth edition

September, 2011 2201NE8 Ninth edition

March, 2012 2201NE9 Tenth edition

June, 2012 2201NE10 Eleventh edition

• Connected devices added

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems, Fuji Electric, ALLEN BRADLEY, Automationdirect, WAGO, RKC, SANMEI, M-SYSTEM, TOHO, DELTA TAU DATA SYSTEMS

• Partial amendment

• Connected devices added

SHARP, KOYO ELECTRONICS, ALLEN BRADLEY, GE Fanuc, TOSHIBA MACHINE, RKC, IAI

• Partial amendment

• Connected devices added

SINFONIA TECHNOLOGY, YAMAHA, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, Panasonic, UNITRONICS

• Multi-link2 (Ethernet) and 1 : n Multi-link2 (Ethernet) added

• Partial amendment

• Connected devices added

Yokogawa Electric, OMRON, Fuji Electric, SHINKO TECHNOS, MODBUS

• Partial amendment

Printing Date Reference No. Revised Contents

April, 2013 2201NE11 Twelfth edition

• Connected devices added

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, OMRON, Panasonic, JTEKT, Fuji Electric, ALLEN BRADLEY, GE Fanuc, Siemens, SAMSUNG, LS, MODICON, MOELLER, Telemecanique, VIGOR, DELTA, Baumuller, RS Automation, TECO, EMERSON, CIMON, Jetter, FUFENG, Yamatake, CHINO, SanRex, SHIMADEN, Oriental Motor

• TOSHIBA MACHINE: Connectable models and wiring diagrams added

• Partial amendment

October, 2013 2201NE12 Thirteenth edition

• Connected devices added

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, OMRON, Panasonic, Yokogawa Electric, KEYENCE, TURCK, XINJE, UNIPULSE, Gammaflux, KOGANEI, MODBUS

• Fuji Electric: Connectable models added

• MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC: L series (built-in Ethernet) compatible devices added

• Partial amendment

Preface

Thank you for selecting the MONITOUCH V8 series. For correct set-up of the V8 series, you are requested to read through this manual to understand more about the product. For more information about the V8 series, refer to the following related manuals.

Manual Name Contents Reference No.

V8 Series Reference Manual The functions and instructions of the V8 series are explained. 1055NE

V8 Series Reference Additional Functions

V Series Macro Reference An overview of macros of V-SFT version 5 as well as macro editor

V8 Series Introductory Manual The basic operating procedure of V-SFT version 5 is explained in detail. 1057NE

V8 Series Operation Manual The information related to the operations of V-SFT version 5, such as

M-CARD SFT Instruction Manual Instructions for the memory card editor M-CARD SFT are explained in detail. 1023NE

V8 Series Hardware Specifications Notes on usage and hardware specifications for the V8 series are explained. 2016NE

V806 Series Hardware Specifications Notes on usage and hardware specifications for the V806 series are

V815 Hardware Specifications Notes on usage and hardware specifications for the V815 are explained. 2018NE

V808CH Hardware Specifications Notes on usage and hardware specifications for the V808CH are explained. 2019NE

Specifications for CC-LINK Communication Unit

Specifications for PROFIBUS Communication Unit

Ladder Monitor Specifications Instructions for the ladder monitor function are contained. 1045NE

Modbus Slave Communication Specifications

V Series DLL Function Specifications Specifications of DLL files used for Ethernet (HKEtn20.DLL) and CF card

Functions of the V8 series added to the V-SFT version 5.1.0.0 and later are explained.

operations and macro command description are explained.

software composition, editing procedure or limitations, is explained in detail.

explained.

Instructions for CC-LINK are contained. 1028NE

Instructions for PROFIBUS are contained. 1036NE

The functions and instructions of the Modbus slave communication are explained.

(VCFAcs.DLL) are contained.

1060NE

1056NE

1058NE

2017NE

1046NE

1059NE

For further details about PLCs, inverters, or temperature controllers, refer to the manual attached to each controller.

Notes:

1. This manual may not, in whole or in part, be printed or reproduced without the prior written consent of Hakko Electronics Co., Ltd.

2. The information in this manual is subject to change without prior notice.

3. Windows and Excel are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

4. All other company names or product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

5. This manual is intended to give accurate information about MONITOUCH hardware. If you have any questions, please contact your local distributor.

Notes on Safe Usage of MONITOUCH

In this manual, you will find various notes categorized under the following two levels with the signal words “Danger” and “Caution”.

DANGER

CAUTION

Note that there is a possibility that the item listed with may have serious ramifications.

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury and could cause property damage.

CAUTION

DANGER

• Never use the output signal of MONITOUCH for operations that may threaten human life or damage the system, such as signals

used in case of emergency. Please design the system so that it can cope with the malfunctions of a touch switch. A malfunction of a touch switch will result in machine accident or damage.

• Turn off the power supply when you set up the unit, connect new cables, or perform maintenance or inspections. Otherwise,

electrical shock or damage may occur.

• Never touch any terminals while the power is on. Otherwise, electric shock may occur.

• You must put a cover on the terminals on the unit when you turn the power on and operate the unit. Without the terminal cover in

place, electric shock may occur.

• The liquid crystal in the LCD panel is a hazardous substance. If the LCD panel is damaged, do not ingest the leaked liquid crystal.

If the liquid crystal spills on skin or clothing, use soap and wash off thoroughly.

• Never disassemble, recharge, deform by pressure, short-circuit, reverse the polarity of the lithium battery, nor dispose of the lithium

battery in fire. Failure to follow these conditions will lead to explosion or ignition.

• Never use a lithium battery that is deformed, leaks, or shows any other signs of abnormality. Failure to follow these conditions will

lead to explosion or fire.

CAUTION

• Check the appearance of MONITOUCH when it is unpacked. Do not use the unit if any damage or deformation is found. Failure to

do so may lead to fire, damage or malfunction.

• For use in a facility or for a system related to nuclear energy, aerospace, medical, traffic equipment, or mobile installations, please

consult your local distributor.

• Operate (or store) MONITOUCH under the conditions indicated in this manual and related manuals. Failure to do so could cause

fire, malfunction, physical damage or deterioration.

• Understand the following environmental limits for use and storage of MONITOUCH. Otherwise, fire or damage to the unit may

result.

- Avoid locations where there is a possibility that water, corrosive gas, flammable gas, solvents, grinding fluids or cutting oil can come into contact with the unit.

- Avoid high temperature, high humidity, and outside weather conditions, such as wind, rain or direct sunlight.

- Avoid locations where excessive dust, salt, and metallic particles are present.

- Avoid installing the unit in a location where vibration or physical shock may be transmitted.

• Equipment must be correctly mounted so that the main terminal of MONITOUCH will not be touched inadvertently. Otherwise, an

accident or electric shock may occur.

• Tighten the fixtures of MONITOUCH with a torque in the specified range. Excessive tightening may distort the panel surface.

Loose tightening may cause MONITOUCH to come off, malfunction or be short-circuited.

• Check periodically that terminal screws on the power supply terminal block and fixtures are firmly tightened. Loosened screws may

result in fire or malfunction.

• Tighten terminal screws on the power supply terminal block equally to a torque of 0.8 N•m for the V812 or V810 series, or 1.2 N•m

for the V808 series. Improper tightening of screws may result in fire, malfunction, or other trouble.

• MONITOUCH has a glass screen. Do not drop or give physical shock to the unit. Otherwise, the screen may be damaged.

• Connect the cables correctly to the terminals of MONITOUCH in accordance with the specified voltage and wattage. Over-voltage,

over-wattage, or incorrect cable connection could cause fire, malfunction or damage to the unit.

• Be sure to establish a ground of MONITOUCH. Ground FG terminal which must be used for the unit. Otherwise, electric shock or

a fire may occur.

• Prevent any conductive particles from entering into MONITOUCH. Failure to do so may lead to fire, damage, or malfunction.

• After wiring is finished, remove the paper used as a dust cover before starting to operate MONITOUCH. Operation with the cover

attached may result in accident, fire, malfunction, or trouble.

• Do not attempt to repair MONITOUCH at your site. Ask Hakko Electronics or the designated contractor for repair.

• Do not repair, disassemble or modify MONITOUCH. Hakko Electronics Co., Ltd. is not responsible for any damages resulting from

repair, disassembly or modification of MONITOUCH that was performed by an unauthorized person.

CAUTION

• Do not use a sharp-pointed tool when pressing a touch switch. Doing so may damage the display unit.

• Only experts are authorized to set up the unit, connect the cables or perform maintenance and inspection.

• Lithium batteries contain combustible material such as lithium or organic solvent. Mishandling may cause heat, explosion or

ignition resulting in fire or injury. Read related manuals carefully and handle the lithium battery correctly as instructed.

• When using a MONITOUCH that has analog switch resolution with resistance film, do not press two or more points on the screen at

the same time. If two or more positions are pressed at the same time, the switch located between the pressed positions activates.

• Take safety precautions during such operations as setting change during running, forced output, start, and stop. Any misoperation

may cause unexpected machine motions, resulting in machine accident or damage.

• In facilities where a failure of MONITOUCH could lead to accident threatening human life or other serious damage, be sure that the

facilities are equipped with adequate safeguards.

• At the time of disposal, MONITOUCH must be treated as industrial waste.

• Before touching MONITOUCH, discharge static electricity from your body by touching grounded metal. Excessive static electricity

may cause malfunction or trouble.

• The LED lamp on the CF card interface cover lights up in red when the power is supplied to the CF card. Never remove the CF

card or turn off the power of MONITOUCH while the LED lamp is lit. Doing so may destroy the data on the CF card. Check that the LED lamp has gone off before removing the CF card or turning off the power of MONITOUCH.

• The power lamp flashes when the backlight is at the end of life or is faulty. However, the switches on the screen are operable at

this time. Do not touch the screen when the screen becomes dark and the power lamp flashes. Otherwise, a malfunction may occur and result in machine accident or damage.

[General Notes]

• Never bundle control cables nor input/output cables with high-voltage and large-current carrying cables such as power supply cables.

Keep these cables at least 200 mm away from the high-voltage and large-current carrying cables. Otherwise, malfunction may occur due to noise.

• When using MONITOUCH in an environment where a source of high-frequency noise is present, it is recommended that the FG

shielded cable (communication cable) be grounded at its ends. However, the cable may be grounded only at one end if this is necessary due to unstable communication conditions or for any other reason.

• Plug connectors or sockets of MONITOUCH in the correct orientation. Failure to do so may lead to malfunction.

• If a LAN cable is inserted into the MJ1 or MJ2 connector on the V8 series, the counterpart device may be damaged. Check the

indication on the unit and insert a cable into the correct position.

• Do not use thinners for cleaning because they may discolor the MONITOUCH surface. Use alcohol or benzine commercially

available.

• If a data receive error occurs when MONITOUCH and the counterpart (PLC, temperature controller, etc.) are started at the same

time, read the manual for the counterpart unit and remove the error correctly.

• Avoid discharging static electricity on the mounting panel of MONITOUCH. Static charges can damage the unit and cause

malfunctions. Otherwise, malfunction may occur due to noise.

• Avoid prolonged display of any fixed pattern. Due to the characteristics of the liquid crystal display, an afterimage may occur. If a

prolonged display of a fixed pattern is expected, use the auto OFF function of the backlight.

• Use a LAN cable commercially available. Using a self-made cable may cause an error in network connection.

[General Notes] Note that the following conditions may occur under normal circumstances.

• The response time, brightness and colors of the V8 series may be affected by the ambient temperature.

• Tiny spots (dark or luminescent) may appear on the display due to the liquid crystal characteristics.

• There are variations in brightness and colors on each unit.

• When LCDs incorporating CCFL (cold cathode fluorescent lamp) backlights are used, their optical properties (brightness or irregular

colors) may change over time, especially at low temperatures.

1. Overview

1.1 8-way Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.1.1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.1.2 System Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.2 Connection Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.2.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.2.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

1.2.3 Barcode Reader Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

1.2.4 Slave Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

1.2.5 Other Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Serial Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Ethernet Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Mixed Serial-Ethernet Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Serial Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Ethernet Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Serial Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

V-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Modbus RTU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Modbus TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

1.3 Physical Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

1.3.1 CN1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

1.3.2 MJ1/MJ2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.3.3 LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1.3.4 Network Communication Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

1.4 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1.4.1 CN1 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1.4.2 MJ1/MJ2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

1.4.3 LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

1.5.1 PLC1 to PLC8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

1.5.2 Read/Write Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29

1.5.3 Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-37

2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1.1 PLC-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.1.2 PLC-5 (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.1.3 Control Logix / Compact Logix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2.1.4 Control Logix (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2.1.5 SLC500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.1.6 SLC500 (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

2.1.7 Micro Logix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

2.1.8 Micro Logix (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

2.1.9 NET-ENI (SLC500 Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

2.1.10 NET-ENI (MicroLogix Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

2.1.11 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

3. Automationdirect

3.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1.1 Direct LOGIC (K-Sequence) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

3.1.2 Direct LOGIC (Ethernet UDP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

3.1.3 Direct LOGIC (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

3.1.4 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

4. Baumuller

4.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.1 BMx-x-PLC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

5. BECKHOFF

5.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.1.1 ADS Protocol (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

6. CHINO

6.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Digital Temperature Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1.1 DP1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6.1.2 DB1000B (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

6.1.3 LT230 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

6.1.4 LT300 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

6.1.5 LT400 Series (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

6.1.6 LT830 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

6.1.7 KR2000 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

6.1.8 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Graphic Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

7. CIMON

7.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7.1.1 BP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

7.1.2 CP Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

7.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

8. DELTA

8.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8.1.1 DVP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

9. DELTA TAU DATA SYSTEMS

9.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

9.1.1 PMAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

9.1.2 PMAC (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

9.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

10. EATON Cutler-Hammer

10.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

10.1.1 ELC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

10.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

11. EMERSON

11.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

11.1.1 EC10/EC20/EC20H (MODBUS RTU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2

11.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4

12. FANUC

12.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

12.1.1 Power Mate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

12.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5

13. Fatek Automation

13.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

13.1.1 FACON FB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2

13.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4

14. FUFENG

14.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

14.1.1 APC Series Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2

14.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

15. Fuji Electric

15.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2

Network Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2

15.1.1 MICREX-F Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4

15.1.2 SPB (N Mode) & FLEX-PC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7

15.1.3 SPB (N Mode) & FLEX-PC CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9

15.1.4 MICREX-SX SPH/SPB Series (IEC Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-10

MICREX-SX Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3

15.1.5 MICREX-SX SPH/SPB Series (N Mode / F Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-12

15.1.6 MICREX-SX SPH/SPB CPU (IEC Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13

15.1.7 MICREX-SX SPH/SPB CPU (N Mode / F Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13

15.1.8 MICREX-SX (Ethernet) (IEC Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-14

15.1.9 MICREX-SX (Ethernet) (N Mode / F Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17

15.1.10 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-20

15.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-22

Temperature Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-22

Power Monitor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-22

Inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-23

IH Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-23

AC Power Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-23

Servo Amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-24

Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-24

Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-24

Digital Panel Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-24

AC Power Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-24

Electronic Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-25

15.2.1 PYX (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-26

15.2.2 PXR (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-27

15.2.3 PXG (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-28

15.2.4 PXH (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-29

15.2.5 PUM (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30

15.2.6 F-MPC04P (Loader). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-32

15.2.7 F-MPC Series / FePSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-36

15.2.8 FVR-E11S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-44

15.2.9 FVR-E11S (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-46

15.2.10 FVR-C11S (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-47

15.2.11 FRENIC5000 G11S / P11S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-48

15.2.12 FRENIC5000 G11S / P11S (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-50

15.2.13 FRENIC5000 VG7S (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-51

15.2.14 FRENIC-Mini (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-53

15.2.15 FRENIC-Eco (MODBUS RTU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-55

15.2.16 FRENIC-Multi (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-57

15.2.17 FRENIC-MEGA (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-59

15.2.18 FRENIC-MEGA SERVO (MODBUS RTU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-61

15.2.19 FRENIC-HVAC/AQUA (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-63

15.2.20 HFR-C9K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-65

15.2.21 HFR-C11K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-67

15.2.22 PPMC (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-69

15.2.23 FALDIC-α Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-70

15.2.24 FALDIC-W Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-72

15.2.25 PH Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-74

15.2.26 PHR (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-76

15.2.27 WA5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-77

15.2.28 APR-N (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-85

15.2.29 ALPHA5 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-86

15.2.30 ALPHA5 Smart (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-88

15.2.31 WE1MA (Ver. A) (MODBUS RTU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-90

15.2.32 WE1MA (Ver. B) (MODBUS RTU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-91

15.2.33 WSZ Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-92

15.2.34 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-94

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-94

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-100

16. Gammaflux

16.1 Temperature Controller / Servo / Inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1

16.1.1 TTC2100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2

16.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5

17. GE Fanuc

17.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2

17.1.1 90 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3

17.1.2 90 Series (SNP-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5

17.1.3 90 Series (SNP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-6

17.1.4 90 Series (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-8

17.1.5 RX3i (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-9

17.1.6 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-10

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-10

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-12

18. Hitachi

18.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1

18.1.1 HIDIC-S10/2α, S10mini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-2

18.1.2 HIDIC-S10/2α, S10mini (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4

18.1.3 HIDIC-S10/4α . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5

18.1.4 HIDIC-S10V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-6

18.1.5 HIDIC-S10V (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-8

18.1.6 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-10

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-10

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-12

19. Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

19.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-2

19.1.1 HIDIC-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-2

19.1.2 HIDIC-H (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-8

19.1.3 HIDIC-EHV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9

19.1.4 HIDIC-EHV (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-11

19.1.5 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-14

19.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-19

Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-19

19.2.1 SJ300 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20

19.2.2 SJ700 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-24

19.2.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-28

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-28

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-28

20. IAI

20.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1

20.1.1 X-SEL Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2

20.1.2 ROBO CYLINDER (RCP2/ERC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-12

20.1.3 ROBO CYLINDER (RCS/E-CON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-15

20.1.4 PCON / ACON / SCON (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-18

20.1.5 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22

21. IDEC

21.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1

21.1.1 MICRO 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-2

21.1.2 MICRO Smart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-3

21.1.3 MICRO Smart Pentra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-4

21.1.4 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-9

22. Jetter

22.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-1

22.1.1 JetControl Series2/3 (Ethernet UDP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-2

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-1

23. JTEKT

23.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1

23.1.1 TOYOPUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-2

23.1.2 TOYOPUC (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-5

23.1.3 TOYOPUC (Ethernet PC10 Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-7

23.1.4 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-11

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-11

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-11

24. KEYENCE

24.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1

24.1.1 KZ Series Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-2

24.1.2 KZ-A500 CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-4

24.1.3 KV10/24 CPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-5

24.1.4 KV-700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-6

24.1.5 KV-700 (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-8

24.1.6 KV-1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-9

24.1.7 KV-1000 (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-11

24.1.8 KV-3000 / 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-12

24.1.9 KV-3000 / 5000 (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-14

24.1.10 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-15

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-15

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-16

25. KOGANEI

25.1 Temperature Controller / Servo / Inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1

25.1.1 IBFL-TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2

25.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4

26. KOYO ELECTRONICS

26.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1

26.1.1 SU/SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-3

26.1.2 SR-T (K Protocol). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-10

26.1.3 SU/SG (K-Sequence). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-11

26.1.4 SU/SG (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-14

26.1.5 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-17

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-17

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-20

27. LS

27.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-2

27.1.1 MASTER-KxxxS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3

27.1.2 MASTER-KxxxS CNET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-4

27.1.3 GLOFA CNET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-6

27.1.4 GLOFA GM7 CNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8

27.1.5 GLOFA GM Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9

27.1.6 GLOFA GM Series (Ethernet UDP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10

27.1.7 XGT/XGK Series CNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-11

27.1.8 XGT/XGK Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-13

27.1.9 XGT / XGK Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-13

27.1.10 XGT / XGI Series CNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-14

27.1.11 XGT / XGI Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27-16

27.1.12 XGT / XGI Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27-18

27.1.13 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-19

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-19

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-21

28. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC

28.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-4

28.1.1 A Series Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-7

28.1.2 A Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-9

28.1.3 QnA Series Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-10

28.1.4 QnA Series CPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-12

28.1.5 QnA Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-13

28.1.6 QnH (Q) Series Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-16

28.1.7 QnH (Q) Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-18

28.1.8 QnH (Q) Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-19

28.1.9 QnU Series CPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22

28.1.10 Q00J/00/01 CPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22

28.1.11 QnH (Q) Series Link (Multi CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22

28.1.12 QnH (Q) Series (Multi CPU) (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22

28.1.13 QnH (Q) Series CPU (Multi CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22

28.1.14 QnH (Q) Series (Ethernet ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-23

28.1.15 QnH (Q) Series (Multi-CPU) (Ethernet ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-26

28.1.16 QnU Series (Built-in Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-27

28.1.17 L Series Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-30

28.1.18 L Series (Built-in Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-32

28.1.19 FX Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-35

28.1.20 FX2N/1N Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-36

28.1.21 FX1S Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-37

28.1.22 FX Series Link (A Protocol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-38

28.1.23 FX-3U/3UC/3G Series CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-40

28.1.24 FX-3U Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-41

28.1.25 FX 3U/3UC/3G Series Link (A Protocol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-44

28.1.26 A-Link + Net10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-46

28.1.27 Q170MCPU (Multi CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-48

28.1.28 Q170 Series (Multi CPU) (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-50

28.1.29 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-53

Network Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-6

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-53

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-55

V-MDD (Dual Port Interface). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-58

28.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-59

Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-59

Servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-59

28.2.1 FR-*500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-60

28.2.2 FR-V500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-63

28.2.3 MR-J2S-*A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-66

28.2.4 MR-J3-*A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-68

28.2.5 MR-J3-*T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-70

28.2.6 FR-E700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-73

28.2.7 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-77

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-77

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-78

29. MODICON

29.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-1

29.1.1 Modbus RTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-2

29.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-3

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-3

30. MOELLER

30.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1

30.1.1 PS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2

30.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3

31. M-SYSTEM

31.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-1

Remote I/O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-1

31.1.1 R1M Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-2

31.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-3

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-4

32. OMRON

32.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-3

32.1.1 SYSMAC C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-4

32.1.2 SYSMAC CV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-9

32.1.3 SYSMAC CS1/CJ1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-12

32.1.4 SYSMAC CS1/CJ1 (DNA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-16

32.1.5 SYSMAC CS1/CJ1 (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-18

32.1.6 SYSMAC CS1/CJ1 (Ethernet Auto). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-20

32.1.7 SYSMAC CS1/CJ1 DNA (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-23

32.1.8 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-26

Network Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-3

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-26

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-28

32.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-31

Temperature Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-31

ID Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-32

Power Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-32

32.2.1 E5AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-33

32.2.2 E5AK-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-34

32.2.3 E5AN/E5EN/E5CN/E5GN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-35

32.2.4 E5AR/E5ER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-37

32.2.5 E5CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-40

32.2.6 E5CK-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-41

32.2.7 E5CN-HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-42

32.2.8 E5EK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-44

32.2.9 E5ZD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-45

32.2.10 E5ZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-47

32.2.11 E5ZN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-50

32.2.12 V600/620/680. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-52

32.2.13 KM20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-59

32.2.14 KM100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-61

32.2.15 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-63

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-63

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-65

33. Oriental Motor

33.1 Temperature Controller / Servo / Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-1

33.1.1 High-efficiency AR Series (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-2

33.1.2 CRK Series (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-4

33.1.3 Wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-6

Stepping Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-1

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-6

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-6

34. Panasonic

34.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-1

34.1.1 FP Series (RS232C/422) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-3

34.1.2 FP Series (TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-7

34.1.3 FP Series (UDP/IP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-10

34.1.4 FP-X (TCP/IP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-13

34.1.5 FP7 Series (RS232C/422) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-16

34.1.6 FP7 Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-19

34.1.7 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-22

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-2

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-22

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-24

34.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-26

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-26

34.2.1 LP-400 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-27

34.2.2 KW Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-63

34.2.3 MINAS A4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-66

34.2.4 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-69

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-69

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-71

35. RKC

35.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1

35.1.1 CB100/CB400/CB500/CB700/CB900 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3

35.1.2 SRV (MODBUS RTU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4

35.1.3 SR-Mini (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5

35.1.4 SR-Mini (Standard Protocol). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6

35.1.5 REX-F400/F700/F900 (Standard Protocol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7

35.1.6 MA900 / MA901 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8

35.1.7 SRZ (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9

35.1.8 FB100/FB400/FB900 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10

35.1.9 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14

36. RS Automation

36.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-1

36.1.1 NX7/NX Plus Series (70P/700P/CCU+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-3

36.1.2 N7/NX Series (70/700/750/CCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-6

36.1.3 X8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36-7

36.1.4 NX700 Series (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-11

36.1.5 X8 Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-14

36.1.6 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-16

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-2

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-16

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-20

37. SAIA

37.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-1

37.1.1 PCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-2

37.1.2 PCD S-BUS (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-3

37.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-4

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-5

38. SAMSUNG

38.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-1

38.1.1 N_plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-2

38.1.2 SECNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-6

38.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-7

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-7

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-10

39. SanRex

39.1 Temperature Controller / Servo / Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39-1

39.1.1 DC AUTO (HKD type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39-2

39.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39-3

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39-3

40. SANMEI

40.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1

AC Servo Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1

40.1.1 Cuty Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2

40.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-7

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-7

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-8

41. SHARP

41.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-2

41.1.1 JW Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-3

41.1.2 JW100/70H COM Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-6

41.1.3 JW20 COM Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-8

41.1.4 JW300 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-10

41.1.5 JW Series (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-13

41.1.6 JW311/312/321/322 Series (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-17

41.1.7 JW331/332/341/342/352/362 Series (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-18

41.1.8 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-19

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-19

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-22

41.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-26

ID Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-26

41.2.1 DS-30D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-27

41.2.2 DS-32D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-32

41.2.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-37

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-37

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-38

42. SHIMADEN

42.1 Temperature Controller / Servo / Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-1

42.1.1 SHIMADEN Standard Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-2

42.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-7

Controller / Indicator / Servo Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-1

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-7

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-8

43. SHINKO TECHNOS

43.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-1

43.1.1 C Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-2

43.1.2 FC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-4

43.1.3 GC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-5

43.1.4 JCx-300 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-6

43.1.5 ACS-13A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-7

43.1.6 ACD/ACR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-8

43.1.7 WCL-13A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-9

43.1.8 DCL-33A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-10

43.1.9 PCD-33A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-11

43.1.10 PC-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-12

43.1.11 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-13

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-13

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-14

44. Siemens

44.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-2

Network Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44-2

44.1.1 S5 (PG Port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-3

44.1.2 S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-5

44.1.3 S7-200PPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-6

44.1.4 S7-200(Ethernet ISOTCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-8

44.1.5 S7-300/400MPI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-11

44.1.6 S7-300/400 (Ethernet ISOTCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-12

44.1.7 S7-300/400 (Ethernet TCP/IP PG Protocol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-14

44.1.8 S7-1200 (Ethernet ISOTCP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-16

44.1.9 TI500 / 505 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-20

44.1.10 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-22

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-22

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-26

45. SINFONIA TECHNOLOGY

45.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1

45.1.1 SELMART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2

45.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4

46. TECO

46.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-1

46.1.1 TP03 (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-2

46.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-4

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-5

47. Telemecanique

47.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-1

47.1.1 TSX Micro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-2

47.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-3

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-3

48. TOHO

48.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-1

Digital Temperature Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-1

48.1.1 TTM-000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-2

48.1.2 TTM-00BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-4

48.1.3 TTM-200 (MODBUS RTU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-6

48.1.4 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-7

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-7

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-9

49. TOSHIBA

49.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-1

49.1.1 T Series / V Series (T Compatible) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-2

49.1.2 EX Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-6

49.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-8

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-8

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-10

49.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-12

Inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-12

49.2.1 VF-S7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-13

49.2.2 VF-S9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-15

49.2.3 VF-S11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-17

49.2.4 VF-A7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-20

49.2.5 VF-AS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-22

49.2.6 VF-P7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-24

49.2.7 VF-PS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-24

49.2.8 VF-FS1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-25

49.2.9 VF-nC1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-26

49.2.10 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-28

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-28

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-30

50. TOSHIBA MACHINE

50.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1

50.1.1 TC200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2

50.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-9

50.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11

Servo Amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11

50.2.1 VELCONIC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-12

50.2.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-15

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-15

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-15

51. TURCK

51.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-1

51.1.1 BL Series Distributed I/O (MODBUS TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-2

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-1

52. UNIPULSE

52.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-1

Digital Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-1

Load Cell Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-1

Weighing Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-1

52.1.1 F340A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-2

52.1.2 F371 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-4

52.1.3 F800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-7

52.1.4 F805A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-11

52.1.5 F720A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-16

52.1.6 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-20

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-20

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-21

53. UNITRONICS

53.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-1

53.1.1 M90/M91/Vision Series (ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-2

53.1.2 Vision Series (ASCII Ethernet TCP/IP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-8

53.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-12

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-12

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-13

54. VIGOR

54.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-1

54.1.1 M Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-2

54.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-3

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-4

55. WAGO

55.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1

55.1.1 750 Series (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2

55.1.2 750 Series (MODBUS Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6

55.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10

56. XINJE

56.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-1

56.1.1 XC Series (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-2

56.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-4

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-5

57. YAMAHA

57.1 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-1

57.1.1 RCX142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-2

57.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-16

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-16

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-16

58. Yamatake

58.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-1

58.1.1 MX Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-2

58.1.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-4

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-1

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-5

58.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-6

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-6

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-7

58.2.1 SDC10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-8

58.2.2 SDC20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-9

58.2.3 SDC21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-9

58.2.4 SDC30/31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-10

58.2.5 SDC35/36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-11

58.2.6 SDC40A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-12

58.2.7 SDC40G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-12

58.2.8 DMC10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-13

58.2.9 DMC50 (COM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-14

58.2.10 AHC2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-18

58.2.11 AHC2001+DCP31/32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-21

58.2.12 DCP31/32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-24

58.2.13 NX (CPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-25

58.2.14 NX (MODBUS RTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-26

58.2.15 NX (MODBUS TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-27

58.2.16 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-29

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-29

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-31

59. Yaskawa Electric

59.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-2

59.1.1 Memobus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-3

59.1.2 CP9200SH/MP900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-4

59.1.3 MP2300 (MODBUS TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-6

59.1.4 CP MP Expansion Memobus (UDP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-8

59.1.5 MP2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-9

59.1.6 MP2000 Series (UDP/IP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-10

59.1.7 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-11

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-11

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-14

60. Yokogawa Electric

60.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1

Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1

60.1.1 FA-M3/FA-M3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3

60.1.2 FA-M3/FA-M3R (Ethernet UDP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10

60.1.3 FA-M3/FA-M3R (Ethernet UDP/IP ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-12

60.1.4 FA-M3/FA-M3R (Ethernet TCP/IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-14

60.1.5 FA-M3/FA-M3R (Ethernet TCP/IP ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-16

60.1.6 FA-M3V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-18

60.1.7 FA-M3V (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20

60.1.8 FA-M3V (Ethernet ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-22

60.1.9 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-24

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-24

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-25

60.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-26

Temperature Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-26

Digital Indicating Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-26

Multi-point Temperature Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-26

60.2.1 UT100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-27

60.2.2 UT750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-28

60.2.3 UT550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-29

60.2.4 UT520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-29

60.2.5 UT350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-29

60.2.6 UT320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-29

60.2.7 UT450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-29

60.2.8 UT2400/2800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30

60.2.9 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-32

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-32

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-33

61. MODBUS

61.1 PLC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-1

Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-1

61.1.1 MODBUS RTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61-2

61.1.2 MODBUS RTU EXT Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-4

61.1.3 MODBUS ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61-8

61.1.4 MODBUS TCP/IP (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-9

61.1.5 MODBUS TCP/IP (Ethernet) EXT Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10

61.1.6 MODBUS TCP/IP (Ethernet) Sub Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-14

61.1.7 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-16

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-16

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-17

62. Barcode Reader

62.1 Barcode Reader Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-1

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-1

USB Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-1

62.1.1 Communication Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-2

62.1.2 I/F Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-3

62.1.3 Control Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-4

62.1.4 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-5

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-5

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-5

63. Slave Communication Function

63.1 V-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-1

63.1.1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-1

63.1.2 Communication Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-2

63.1.3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-4

63.1.4 Protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-8

63.1.5 1-byte Character Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-13

Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-2

MONITOUCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-3

When Connected at CN1:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-4

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-6

63.2 Modbus RTU Slave Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-14

63.3 Modbus TCP/IP Slave Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-14

64. Universal Serial Communication

64.1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-1

Overview of Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-1

Differences between Connecting to General-purpose Computer and Connecting to PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-2

System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-2

64.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-3

When Connected at CN1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-3

When Connected at MJ1/MJ2:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-5

64.3 Device Connection Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-8

PLC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-8

Read/Write Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-11

64.4 Standard Type Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-13

64.4.1 Standard Type Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-13

Connection (1 : 1), Transmission Mode (with Sum Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-14

Connection (1 : 1), Transmission Mode (with Sum Check and CR/LF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-15

Connection (1 : n), Transmission Mode (with Sum Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-16

Connection (1 : n), Transmission Mode (with Sum Check and CR/LF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-17

64.4.2 Protocol Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-18

Transmission Control Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-18

Port Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-18

Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-18

Sum Check Code (SUM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-19

Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-19

Response Time and BUSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-20

64.4.3 Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-21

64.4.4 Interrupt (ENQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-28

RC: Read CHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-21

RM: Read Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-22

WC: Write CHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-23

WM: Write Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-24

TR: Retry Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-25

WI: Interrupt Setting Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-26

RI: Interrupt Status Read Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-27

1-byte Character Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-30

64.5 Memory Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-31

Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-31

User Memory ($u) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-31

System Memory ($s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-32

Appendix

Appendix 1 Device Memory Map

Device Memory Map Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-3

Periodical Reading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-7

Synchronized Reading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-8

Periodical Writing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-9

Synchronized Writing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-10

Control Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-11

Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-12

TBL_READ / TBL_WRITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App1-14

Appendix 2 Ethernet

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-1

PLC Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-2

Macro EREAD/EWRITE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-4

Connection with Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-5

Screen Data Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-6

E-Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-6

Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-6

IP Address Setting of the V8 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-7

Network Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-10

Macro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-12

System Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-15

Error Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App2-18

Appendix 3 System Memory

Appendix 4 n : 1 Connection

Appendix 4.1 Multi-link2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-1

Appendix 4.2 Multi-link2 (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-11

Appendix 4.3 1 : n Multi-link2 (Ethernet). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-14

Appendix 4.4 Multi-link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-17

System Configuration and Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-2

Terminating Resistance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-7

Setting on the Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-9

Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-10

Available Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App4-11

Setting on the Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-12

Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-13

Available Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App4-14

Setting on the Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-15

Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-16

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-18

Setting on the Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-21

MONITOUCH Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App4-22

Appendix 5 Ladder Transfer Function

Applicable PLCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App5-2

Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App5-4

Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App5-5

Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .App5-6

Connection Compatibility List

1. Overview

1.1 8-way Communication

1.2 Connection Modes

1.3 Physical Port

1.4 Wiring

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device

1.1 8-way Communication

1.1.1 Overview

1.1 8-way Communication 1-1

The V8 series is equipped with five physical ports consisting of three serial ports, one LAN port, and one network communication port

. The LAN port can open eight ports simultaneously. You can use the physical ports to connect a maximum of eight different models of devices and allow the V8 series to communicate with them at the same time. This is called the 8-way communication.

*1 A communication interface unit (CU-xx) is required to enable network communication.

Physical ports

CU-xx

LAN

SYSTEM

CN1

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

MJ1

F 5

F 6

F 7

MJ2

port1

port2

port3

port4

Select a target for connection.

Logical ports

PLC1

PLC2

PLC3

PLC4

PLC5

PLC6

PLC7

PLC8

PLC (company A)

Temperature controller (company B)

Inverter (company C)

Barcode reader (company D)

PLC (company E)

PLC (company F)

PLC (company G)

PLC (company H)

port5

port6

port7

port8

Physical Ports

No. of

Ports

CN1 1

8-way Communication Other than 8-way

PLC/temperature controller/servo/inverter/barcode

Applicable Devices

reader

Serial

Ethernet LAN 8

MJ1 1 PLC/temperature

controller/servo/inverter/barcode

MJ2 1

reader/V-Link/slave communication (Modbus RTU)

PLC/slave communication (Modbus TCP/IP)

Serial printer CREC V-I/O

OPCN-1 CU-00 T-Link CU-01 CC-Link CU-02-2

Network

Ethernet CU-03-3 PROFIBUS-DP CU-04

1PLC -

SX BUS CU-06 DeviceNet CU-07 FL-Net CU-08

• Only the logical port PLC1 can be selected for the following devices and functions. Thus, they cannot be connected at

the same time.

-Devices

- Network connection (CU-xx), without PLC connection, Mitsubishi Electric A-Link + Net10, AB Control Logix, Siemens S7-200PPI, Siemens S7-300/400 MPI connection

- Functions Multi-link2,

multi-link, ladder transfer, ladder monitor, Micrex SX variable name cooperation function

1-2 1. Overview

1.1.2 System Composition

Serial Communication

The V8 series is allowed to communicate with three different models of devices at the same time via three serial ports. A maximum of 31 units of the same model can be connected to each port.

31 units maximum

CN1

31 units

MJ1

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

MJ2

F 7

K E Y

A K E Y

P A D

C O N

T R O

P R

O M

O D E

PRG

R E S

E T

R U

FUNC

D A

T A

S T

O P

Inve

ter

C O N

P R

O M

PRG

R E S

E T

R U

D A

T A

S T

O P

Inverte

PRG

R E S

E T

FUNC

D A

T A

Inve

maximum

K E Y

P A D

C O N

T R O

P R

O M

O DE

R U

S T

O P

31 units

ter

maximum

Ethernet Communication

Because eight communication ports can be opened, the V8 series is allowed to communicate with eight models of PLCs at the same time.

Company A Company B Company C

When there are two or more PLCs of the same model, the V8 series is allowed to carry out 1 : n communication via one port.

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

LAN

Port2Port1 Port3 Port4 Port5 Port6 Port7 Port8

run

・・・

ｓｔｏｐ

・・・

PROGRAMMER

Company D

Company E Company F Company G Company H

SYSTEM

F 1

A maximum of 256 units can be connected to

F 2

F 3

one port.*

F 4

F 5

In the case of TCP/IP communication, 64 units

F 6

F 7

in total can be connected to the eight ports.

LAN

Port1

Ethernet

PROGRAMMER

Ethernet

Company A

* V-SFT version 5.4.0.0 and later, system program version 1.400 and later: Max. 256 units connectable per port

V-SFT version earlier than 5.4.0.0, system program version earlier than 1.400: Max. 100 units connectable per port

Mixed Serial-Ethernet Communication

In the case of mixed serial-Ethernet communication, the V8 series is allowed to communicate with eight different models of devices at the same time.

• Connection of 3 models for serial communication and 5 models for Ethernet communication

CN1

Company A Company B

SYSTEM

F 1

MJ1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

MJ2

LAN

Port2Port1 Port3 Port4 Port5

run

・・・

ｓｔｏｐ

・・・

PROGRAMMER

Company C

Company D

E Y P

A D

H z

O N T

R O L

M O

D E

PRG

R E

S E

FUNC

A T A

S T

Inverte

Company E

1.1 8-way Communication 1-3

E Y

P A D

H z

O N

T R O

P R O

O D E

K W

PRG

R E S

E T

R U

FUNC

D A

T A

S T

O P

Inver

ter

PROGRAMMER

K E Y

P A D

H z

C O N

T R O

P RO

O D E

PRG

R E S

E T

R U

N C

D A

T A

S T

O P

Inve

ter

Ethernet

1-4 1. Overview

1.2 Connection Modes

1.2.1 PLC Connection

The V8 unit(s) can communicate with PLC(s) in serial, Ethernet, or network communication.

Serial Communication

There are four connection modes below to establish serial communication.

1 : 1 Connection

Overview

• One set of the V8 is connected to one PLC (1 : 1 connection).

• You can make settings for 1 : 1 communication in the [Communication Setting] tab window for the logical ports PLC1 -

PLC8. A communication port is selectable from CN1, MJ1, and MJ2.

PLC

SYSTEM

CN1

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

MJ1

F 5

F 6

F 7

MJ2

RS-232C or RS-422 (RS-485) connection

• The V8 (master station) communicates with a PLC under the PLC’s protocol. Therefore, there is no need to prepare a

communication program for the PLC (slave station).

• The V8 reads the PLC memory for screen display. It is also possible to write switch data or numerical data entered

through the keypad directly to the PLC memory.

Read

PLC

SYSTEM

CN1

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

MJ1

F 5

F 6

F 7

MJ2

Write

Connection

For more information on connection, see “1.4 Wiring” on page 1-18, “1.5 Settings for the Connected Device” on page 1-26, or the chapters on individual manufacturers.

1 : n Connection (Multi-drop)

Overview

• Multi-drop connection connects one V8 unit to multiple PLCs of the same model as 1 : n connection. (Maximum

connectable PLCs: 31)

• You can make settings for 1 : n communication in the [Communication Setting] tab window for the logical ports PLC1 -

PLC8. A communication port is selectable from CN1, MJ1, and MJ2.

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

CN1 MJ1 MJ2

1.2 Connection Modes 1-5

Maximum length (V8 to the terminating PLC) = 500 m

RS-422/RS-485 connection

PLC (company A)

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

123 31

• For models that support multi-drop connection, refer to the list provided at the end of this manual or the chapters on

individual manufacturers.

Connection

For more information on connection, see “1.4 Wiring” on page 1-18, “1.5 Settings for the Connected Device” on page 1-26, or the chapters on individual manufacturers. For description of connecting the PLCs, refer to the manual for the corresponding PLC model.

1-6 1. Overview

n : 1 Connection (Multi-link2)

Overview

• One PLC is connected to a maximum of four V8 units.

• Multi-link2 enables you to establish an original network consisting of a master V8 of local port No. 1 and slave V8 units of

local port Nos. 2, 3, and 4. The master V8 communicates with the PLC directly, and the slave V8 units communicate with the PLC through the master.

Master

Local port 1

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 2

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 3

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 4

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

CN1 MJ2 CN1 CN1 CN1

RS-232C RS-422 RS-485

Hakko Electronics’ cable “V6-MLT” (3 m)

RS-485 (2-wire system) connection

PLC

• You can make settings for multi-link2 in the [Communication Setting] tab window for the logical port PLC1. In the case of,

for example, network connection that uses the communication interface unit “CU-xx”, this type of connection is available only with PLC1. Therefore, any device used for network connection cannot be connected concurrently for multi-link2.

• A communication port is selectable from CN1, MJ1, and MJ2.

• Multi-link2 enables PLC1 memory data to be shared among the V8 units. However, sharing data of PLC2 - PLC8 is not

possible.

• The V7 and V6 series cannot be used together.

* The V7 and V6 series can be connected together with some PLC models. For more information on the available PLC

models, refer to page App4-10.

• The communication speed between the master station and the PLC depend on the setting made on the PLC. The

maximum communication speed between V8 units is 115 kbps, which is higher than the one available with multi-link connection described in “ n : 1 Connection (Multi-link)”.

• For PLCs that support multi-link2 connection, refer to the list provided at the end of this manual or the chapters on

individual manufacturers. How to connect a master V8 and a PLC is the same as the method of 1 : 1 connection. RS-485 (2-wire system) connection is adopted to connect a master with slaves. At this time, use Hakko Electronics’ cable “V6-MLT” for multi-link2 master.

Connection

For more information, see “Appendix 4.1 Multi-link2”.

n : 1 Connection (Multi-link2 (Ethernet))

Overview

• One PLC is connected to a maximum of 32 units of the V8 series.

• Multi-link2 (Ethernet) enables you to establish an original network consisting of a master V8 of local port No. 1 and slave

V8 units of local port Nos. 2 to 32. The master V8 communicates with the PLC directly, and the slave V8 units communicate with the PLC through the master.

- Connection example

1.2 Connection Modes 1-7

Master

Local port 1

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 2

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 3

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 32

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

LAN LAN LAN LANCN1

MJ1/MJ2

RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422 RS-485

PLC

• You can make settings for multi-link2 (Ethernet) in the [Communication Setting] tab window for PLC1. Therefore,

multi-link2 (Ethernet) connection is not possible concurrently with a network connection that uses a “CU-xx” communication interface unit.

• Multi-link2 (Ethernet) enables PLC1 memory data to be shared among the V8 units. However, sharing data of PLC2 -

PLC8 is not possible.

• The V7 and V6 series cannot be used together.

• The communication speed between the master station and the PLC depends on the setting made on the PLC; however,

communication among V8 units is performed via Ethernet, thus, high-speed communication is possible among them.

• For PLCs that support multi-link2 (Ethernet) connection, see the list provided at the end of this manual.

The method for connecting a master V8 and a PLC is the same as that for 1 : 1 connection. Ethernet connection is adopted to connect a master with slaves.

Connection

For more information, see “Appendix 4.2 Multi-link2 (Ethernet)”.

1-8 1. Overview

n : n Connection (1 : n Multi-link2 (Ethernet))

Overview

• A maximum of 32 units of the V8 series can be connected to a maximum of 31 units of PLCs.

• 1 : n multi-link2 (Ethernet) enables you to establish an original network consisting of a master V8 of local port No. 1 and

slave V8 units of local port Nos. 2 to 32. The master V8 communicates with the PLC directly, and the slave V8 units communicate with the PLC through the master.

Master

Local port 1

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 2

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 3

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Local port 32

Slave

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

LAN LAN LAN LANCN1

MJ1/MJ2

RS-422

Ethernet

RS-485

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

123 31

• You can make settings for 1 : n multi-link2 (Ethernet) in the [Communication Setting] tab window for PLC1. Therefore,

multi-link2 (Ethernet) connection is not possible concurrently with a network connection that uses a “CU-xx” communication interface unit.

• 1 : n multi-link2 (Ethernet) enables PLC1 memory data to be shared among the V8 units. However, sharing data of PLC2

- PLC8 is not possible.

• The V7 and V6 series cannot be used together.

• The communication speed between the master station and the PLC depends on the setting made on the PLC; however,

communication among V8 units is performed via Ethernet, thus, high-speed communication is possible among them.

• For PLCs that support 1 : n multi-link2 (Ethernet) connection, see the list provided at the end of this manual.

The method for connecting a master V8 and a PLC is the same as that for 1 : n connection. Ethernet connection is adopted to connect a master with slaves.

Connection

For more information, see “Appendix 4.3 1 : n Multi-link2 (Ethernet)”.

n : 1 Connection (Multi-link)

Overview

• One PLC is connected to a maximum of 31 V8 units. The V8, V7, and V6 series can be used together.

- Connection Example

1.2 Connection Modes 1-9

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

Port No. 1 Port No. 2 Port No. 3 Port No. 31

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

CN1 CN1 CN1 CN1

Maximum length (PLC to the terminating V8) = 500 m RS-485 (2-wire system) connection

PLC1

• You can make settings for multi-link using the logical port PLC1. For the V8, a communication port is selectable from

CN1, MJ1, and MJ2. For the V7 or V6, however, use CN1 only.

• Only a PLC for the signal level RS422/RS485 and with a port number is available. For PLCs that support multi-link

connection, refer to the list provided at the end of this manual or the chapters on individual manufacturers.

• RS-485 (2-wire system) connection is adopted to connect a V-series unit and a PLC.

Connection

For more information, see “Appendix 4.4 Multi-link”.

1-10 1. Overview

Ethernet Communication

Overview

• Because eight communication ports can be opened, the V8 series is allowed to communicate with eight models of PLCs

at the same time.

Company A Company B Company C

• When there are two or more PLCs of the same model, the V8 series is allowed to carry out 1 : n communication via one

single port.

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

LAN

Port2Port1 Port3 Port4 Port5 Port6 Port7 Port8

run

・・・

ｓｔｏｐ

・・・

PROGRAMMER

Company D

Company E Company F Company G Company H

Ethernet

PROGRAMMER

SYSTEM

F 1

A maximum of 256 units can be connected to

F 2

F 3

one port.*

F 4

F 5

In the case of TCP/IP communication, 64 units

F 6

F 7

in total can be connected to the eight ports.

LAN

Port1

Ethernet

Company A

* V-SFT version 5.4.0.0 and later, system program version 1.400 and later: Max. 256 units connectable per port

V-SFT version earlier than 5.4.0.0, system program version earlier than 1.400: Max. 100 units connectable per port

• If multiple V8 units are connected to one single PLC, the maximum permissible number of these units depends on the

PLC specifications. Refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

Ethernet

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

IP192.168.1.10

PLC

Port1

LAN

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

V8 V8 V8

F 3

F 4

IP192.168.1.1 IP192.168.1.2 IP192.168.1.3

F 5

F 6

F 7

Port1

LAN

Port1

LAN

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

• You can make settings for Ethernet communication in the [Communication Setting] tab window for the logical ports PLC1

- PLC8.

Connection

For more information, see “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

Network Communication

Overview

• An appropriate communication interface unit is required to enable a network communication listed below.

Communication Interface Unit Network Models

CU-00

CU-01 T-Link

CU-02

CU-03-3 Ethernet

CU-04 PROFIBUS-DP

CU-06 SX BUS Fuji Electric MICREX SX(SX bus)

CU-07

CU-08

*1 The driver is under development. *2 Besides communicating with PLC via UDP/IP, data transfer, MES interface function and TELLUS and V-Server can be supported

by connecting to a PC. Use built-in Ethernet port when communicating on TCP/IP.

• You can make settings for network communication in the [Communication Setting] tab window for the logical port PLC1.

Thus, devices available with only PLC1, as those used for multi-link or multi-link2, cannot be connected concurrently for network communication.

1.2 Connection Modes 1-11

OPCN-1 Fuji Electric MICREX SX(OPCN-1)

Fuji Electric MICREX F(T-LINK) Fuji Electric MICREX SX(T-LINK)

CC-Link version 1.10

DeviceNet -

FL-Net FL-Net

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC A series(CC-LINK) MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC QnA series(CC-LINK) MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC QnH series(CC-LINK)

PLC Ethernet connection(UDP/IP)

Siemens S7 PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP

Connection

For more information, refer to the communication unit specifications provided for each network.

1-12 1. Overview

1.2.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection

The V8 series is connected to temperature controllers, servos, or inverters via serial communication.

Serial Communication

1 : n Connection

Overview

• The V8 series is connected to multiple temperature controllers, servos, or inverters of the same model as 1 : n

connection. (Maximum connectable units: 31)

• You can make settings for temperature controller/servo/inverter communication in the [Communication Setting] tab

window for the logical ports PLC1 - PLC8. RS-422 (4-wire system) connection is available only by using CN1 or MJ2 on V806. To establish a connection via RS-422 (4-wire system), use CN1 or MJ2 on the V806.

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

Maximum length (V8 to the terminating device) = 500 m

F 7

CN1 MJ1 MJ2

RS-485 (2-wire system) connection

Temperature controller (company A)

123 31

Connection

For more information on connection, see “1.4 Wiring” on page 1-18, “1.5 Settings for the Connected Device” on page 1-26, or the chapters on individual manufacturers.

1.2.3 Barcode Reader Connection

The V8 series is connected to a barcode reader in serial communication.

Serial Communication

Overview

• The V8 series is connected to a barcode reader as 1 : 1 connection (RS-232C).

• You can make settings for barcode reader communication in the [Communication Setting] tab window for the logical ports

PLC2 - PLC8. A communication port is selectable from CN1, MJ1, and MJ2.

SYSTEM

F 1

Code No.

4902580302474

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

CN1

MJ1

MJ2

49025803024

PI !

RS-232C

Connection

For more information on connection, see “62.1 Barcode Reader Connection”.

1.2.4 Slave Communication

Connecting via V-Link, Modbus RTU, or Modbus TCP/IP is applicable to slave communication using the V8. V-Link and Modbus RTU are used for serial communication, and Modbus TCP/IP is used for Ethernet (TCP/IP) communication.

V-Link

• “V-Link” is the network where the computer reads from and writes to the internal memory of the V8 series, memory card,

or PLC1 to 8 memory using a dedicated protocol.

Dedicated commands

Read

Write

1.2 Connection Modes 1-13

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

• You can make settings for V-Link in the [Communication Setting] tab window for the logical ports PLC2 - PLC8. A

communication port is selectable from CN1, MJ1, and MJ2.

• For more information, see “63.1 V-Link”.

Modbus RTU

• The V8 series is connected to a Modbus RTU master via serial connection.

• The Modbus slave communication memory table is prepared for the V8. The master is allowed to gain access to the

memory table and read/write the PLC data.

• For more information, refer to the Modbus Slave Communication manual separately provided.

Modbus TCP/IP

• The V8 is connected to a Modbus TCP/IP master via Ethernet communication.

• The Modbus slave communication memory table is prepared for the V8. The master is allowed to gain access to the

memory table and read/write the PLC data.

• For more information, refer to the Modbus Slave Communication manual separately provided.

V8 series

PLCPC

1.2.5 Other Connections

For connection to a V-I/O, a CREC, or a serial printer that is not in 8-way communication, serial ports of MJ1 and MJ2 are used.

1-14 1. Overview

1.3 Physical Port

* For details on the V808CH’s terminal block (TB), refer to the V808CH Hardware Specifications manual.

1.3.1 CN1

The CN1 port supports communication via RS-232C, RS-422 (4-wire system), and RS-485 (2-wire system). The signal level can be changed between RS-232C and RS-422/485 on the [Communication Setting] tab window of the editor.

When executing communication via RS-232C, set the DIP switches 5 and 7 to OFF. (For more information on the DIP switch, refer to the separate V8 Series Hardware Specifications manual.)

Pin Arrangement

CN1

D-sub 9-pin,

Female

No.

Signal Contents Signal Contents

1 NC Not used +RD Receive data (+) 2 RD Receive data −RD Receive data (−) 3 SD Send data −SD Send data (−) 4 NC Not used +SD Send data (+) 5 0V Signal ground 0V Signal ground 6 NC Not used +RS RS send data (+) 7 RS RS request to send −RS RS send data (−) 8 CS CS clear to send NC Not used 9 NC Not used +5 V Terminating resistance

RS-232C RS-422/RS-485

Recommended Connector for Communication Cable

Recommended Connector

DDK’s 17JE-23090-02(D8C)-CG D-sub 9-pin, male, inch screw thread, with hood, RoHS compliant

Applicable Devices

PLC, temperature controller, inverter, servo, barcode reader

1.3.2 MJ1/MJ2

The MJ1 and MJ2 ports support communication via RS-232C, RS-422 (4-wire system)*1 and RS-485 (2-wire system). MJ1 is also usable as a screen data transfer port.

*1 MJ2 on V806 only

Pin Arrangement

MJ1 (All Models) / MJ2 (V815/V812/V810/V808)

1.3 Physical Port 1-15

MJ1/MJ2

RJ-45 8-pin

12345678

No. Signal Contents

1 +SD/RD RS-485 + data 2 −SD/RD RS-485 − data 3 4 5 6 7 RD RS-232C receive data 8 SD RS-232C send data

+5 V

SG Signal ground

Externally supplied +5 V *

Max. 150 mA

MJ2 (V806)

Before using MJ2, select whether it is used as an RS-232C/RS-485 (2-wire system) or RS-422

CAUTION

MJ2

RJ-45 8-pin

12345678

* Allowable current for the external power supply +5 V:

For MJ1 and MJ2, the maximum allowable current is 150 mA in total. When connecting an optional unit or communication unit, be careful not to exceed the total allowable current for USB-A, MJ1 and MJ2.

Extension Unit Communication Unit (CU-xx)

GU-00 - GU-03

GU-10, GU-11

(4-wire system) port using the slide switch. The switch is factory-set to RS-232C/RS-485 (2-wire system).

No.

1 +SD/RD RS-485 + data +SD RS-422 + send data 2 −SD/RD RS-485 − data −SD RS-422 − send data 3 4 5 6 7 RD RS-232C receive data +RD RS-422 + receive data 8 SD RS-232C send data −RD RS-422 − receive data

None

Slide Switch (RS-232C/RS-485) Slide Switch (RS-422)

Signal Contents Signal Contents

+5 V

SG Signal ground SG Signal ground

Externally supplied +5 V *

Max. 150 mA

None

Provided 550 mA

None 650 mA

Provided 250 mA

+5V

Maximum Allowable Current

for MJ1 + MJ2 + USB

650 mAProvided

Externally supplied +5 V *

Max. 150 mA

Recommended Cable

Hakko Electronics’ cable “V6-TMP” 3, 5, 10 m

Recommended Cable

1-16 1. Overview

Notes on Configuring a Cable

CAUTION

Applicable Devices

Port Applicable Devices

MJ1

MJ2

Pins No. 3 and 4 are provided for external power supply. To prevent damage to the device due to wrong connection, check the pin numbers and connect wires correctly.

Pin arrangement on MONITOUCH

87654321

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Computer (screen data transfer) PLC, temperature controller, inverter, servo, barcode reader, V-Link, slave communication (Modbus RTU), serial printer,

CREC, V-I/O PLC, temperature controller, inverter, servo, barcode reader, V-Link, slave communication (Modbus RTU), serial printer,

CREC, V-I/O

Pin arrangement on the cable

12345678

1.3.3 LAN

LAN Port Specifications

1.3 Physical Port 1-17

Item

100BASE-TX (IEEE802.3u) 10BASE-T (IEEE802.3)

Specifications

Baud Rate 100 Mbps 10 Mbps Transmission Method Base band

Maximum Node Interval

(Cascading connection via repeater

200 m

hubs: 2 stages)

(Cascading connection via repeater

500 m

hubs: 4 stages)

Maximum Segment Length 100 m (between the node and the hub) Connecting Cable 100Ω, UTP cable, category 5

Protocol

Number of concurrently opened

ports Maximum number of connectable

devices Maximum number of connectable

devices (TCP/IP)

*1 For connection with some PLCs *2 No limitation for a switching hub

UDP/IP, TCP/IP

8 ports

256 sets each via one single port PLC1 - PLC8

64 sets in total via PLC1 - PLC8

*3 See the figure shown below.

No.0

Company A 256 sets (Screen data registered in

No.1

the PLC table)

No.99

During TCP/IP communication, communicating with up to 64 sets in total is possible via 8 ports.

No.0

Company B 256 sets (Screen data registered in the PLC table)

No.99

V8i

Number of ports

Port1

Port2

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

Port3

F 3

F 4

LAN

F 5

F 6

F 7

Port8

PROGRAMMER

*4 V-SFT version 5.4.0.0 and later, system program version 1.400 and later:Max. 256 units connectable per port

V-SFT version earlier than 5.4.0.0, system program version earlier than 1.400:Max. 100 units connectable per port

Pin Arrangement

LAN

RJ45

12345678

No. Signal Contents

Applicable Devices

PLC, slave communication (Modbus TCP/IP), computer (screen data transfer, V-Server, etc.)

1.3.4 Network Communication Port

An optional communication interface unit (CU-xx) is required to perform network communication. For more information, refer to the specifications for each unit.

1 TX+ Send signal + 2TX− Send signal − 3 RX+ Receive signal + 4 5

NC Not used

6RX− Receive signal − 7 8

NC Not used

1-18 1. Overview

1.4 Wiring

This section provides notes on configuring cables. For device wiring diagrams, refer to the chapters on individual manufacturers.

1.4.1 CN1 Connection

DANGER

Be sure to turn off the power before connecting cables. Otherwise, electrical shock or damage may occur.

RS-232C Connection

• Prepare a communication cable on your side. Twisted pairs of 0.3 mm sq. or above are recommended.

• Connect a shielded cable to either the V8 series or the connected device. The connection diagram shows the case

where the shielded cable is connected on the V8 series side. Connect the cable to the FG terminal on the backside of MONITOUCH.

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

• If noise disturbs communications, establish connections between SD and SG and between RD and SG as pairs

respectively, and connect a shielded cable to both the V8 series and the connected device.

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

RS-232C port of the

No.Name

Shield

connected device

No.Name

Shield

Send data

Receive data

RS-232C port of the

connected device

Receive data

Send data

RS-422/485 Connection

• Prepare a communication cable on your side. Twisted pairs of 0.3 mm sq. or above are recommended.

• Connect twisted pairs between +SD/−SD and +RD/−RD.

• If the PLC has the terminal for signal ground (SG), connect a wire.

• To use a terminal block for connection, use Hakko Electronics’ “TC-D9” optionally available.

• The DIP switch on the back of the V8 unit is used to set the terminating resistance. For more information on the DIP

switch, refer to the separate V8 Series Hardware Specifications manual.

• Connect a shielded cable to either the V8 series or the connected device. The connection diagram shows the case

where the shielded cable is connected on the V8 series side. Connect the cable to the FG terminal on the backside of MONITOUCH.

- RS-422 (4-wire system)

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

Name

+RD

-RD

-SD

No.

1.4 Wiring 1-19

RS-422 port of the

connected device

Shield

Send data (+)

Send data (−)

Receive data (−)

+SD

- RS-485 (2-wire system)

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

Name

+RD

-RD

-SD

+SD

5SG SG

RS-485 port of the

No.

Shield

connected device

Send/receive data (+)

Send/receive data (−)

5SG SG

Receive data (+)

1-20 1. Overview

• If noise disturbs communications, connect a shielded cable to both the V8 series and the connected device.

- RS-422 (4-wire system)

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

Name

+RD

-RD

-SD

+SD

- RS-485 (2-wire system)

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

Name

+RD

-RD

-SD

+SD

No.

Shield

5SG SG

No.

Shield

5SG SG

RS-422 port of the

connected device

Send data (+)

Send data (−)

Receive data (−)

Receive data (+)

RS-485 port of the

connected device

Send/receive data (+)

Send/receive data (−)

Multi-drop connection (1 : n)

In the case of multi-drop connection, wiring between a V8 and a connected device is the same as that for 1 : 1 communication. Meanwhile, for description of wiring between connected devices, refer to the manual issued by the manufacturer.

• Connection example

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

Name

No.

+RD

-RD

-SD

+SD

RD terminating resistance: ON

RS-422 port of the

connected device

5SG

Send data (+)

Send data (−)

Receive data (−)

Receive data (+)

For wiring between connected devices, refer to the manual issued by the manufacturer.

RS-422 port of the

connected device

Send data (+)

Send data (−)

Receive data (−)

Receive data (+)

1.4.2 MJ1/MJ2

CAUTION

RS-232C Connection

• Use Hakko Electronics’ cable “V6-TMP” (3, 5, 10 m) as a communication cable.

• Connect a shielded cable to either the V8 series or the connected device. Connect the cable to the FG terminal on the

backside of MONITOUCH.

MJ1/2

RJ - 45

12345678

1.4 Wiring 1-21

• Be sure to turn off the power before connecting cables. Otherwise, electrical shock or damage may occur.

• Pins No. 3 and 4 are provided for external power supply. To prevent damage to the device due to wrong

connection, check the pin numbers and connect wires correctly.

RS-232C port of the

connected device

Name

No.

Shield

Receive data

Send data

• If noise disturbs communications, connect a shielded cable to both the V8 series and the connected device.

RS-232C port of the

MJ1/2

RJ - 45

12345678

Name

No.

Shield

connected device

Receive data

Send data

1-22 1. Overview

RS-422/485 Connection

MJ2 on the V806 series can be used for connection via RS-422 (4-wire system). For the other models, MJ1 and MJ2 cannot be used for connection via RS-422 (4-wire system). Use the CN1 port instead or a RS-232C-to-RS-422 converter commercially available.

• Use Hakko Electronics’ cable “V6-TMP” (3, 5, 10 m) as a communication cable.

• If the PLC has the terminal for signal ground (SG), connect a wire.

• The DIP switch on the back of the V8 unit is used to set the terminating resistance. For more information, refer to the

description of the DIP switch setting in the relevant Hardware Specifications manual.

• Connect a shielded cable to either the V8 series or the connected device. Connect the cable to the FG terminal on the

backside of MONITOUCH.

- RS-422 (4-wire system)

V806 MJ2

RJ - 45

Name

No.

+RD

12345678

-RD

-SD

+SD

* Slide switch on V806:

RS-422 (lower)

- RS-485 (2-wire system)

MJ1/2

RJ - 45

Name

12345678

+RD/+SD

-RD/-SD

RS-485 port of the

Shield

No.

Shield

connected device

Send data (+)

Send data (−)

Receive data (−)

Receive data (+)

RS-485 port of the

connected device

Send/receive data (+)

Send/receive data (−)

1.4 Wiring 1-23

• If noise disturbs communications, connect a shielded cable to both the V8 series and the connected device.

- RS-422 (4-wire system)

V806 MJ2

RJ - 45

Name

No.

+RD

12345678

-RD

-SD

+SD

* Slide switch on V806:

RS-422 (lower)

- RS-485 (2-wire system)

MJ1/2

RJ - 45

Name

12345678

+RD/+SD

-RD/-SD

RS-485 port of the

Shield

connected device

No.

Shield

Send data (+)

Send data (−)

Receive data (−)

Receive data (+)

RS-485 port of the

connected device

Send/receive data (+)

Send/receive data (−)

Multi-drop connection (1 : n)

• Connection example

MJ1/2

RJ - 45

12345678

RD terminating resistance: ON

Name

+RD/+SD

-RD/-SD

No.

RS-485 port of the

connected device

Send/receive data (+)

Send/receive data (−)

SG SG

For wiring between connected devices, refer to the manual issued by the manufacturer.

RS-485 port of the

connected device

Send/receive data (+)

Send/receive data (−)

1-24 1. Overview

1.4.3 LAN

Connection Example

With hub

* Cascading connection via repeater hubs: 4 stages (2 stages) maximum

Without hub

Repeater hub

UTP straight cable

CU-03-3

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

V8i V8

F 5

F 6

F 7

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

Between hubs

100 m (5 m)

Between the node and the hub

100 m

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Numerals within parentheses: applied to 100BASE-TX

Wiring Diagrams

• Use a commercially available cable. Using a self-made cable may cause an error in network connection.

• If the use of a cross cable cannot stabilize communication, use a hub.

• Straight cable

12345678 12345678

MJ1/2

RJ - 45

TX+

TX-

RX+

RX-

No.

SYSTEM

UTP cross cable

F 1

F 2

F 3

V8i

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

100 m

TX+

TX-

RX+

RX-

FACTORY

ACE

PROGRAMMER

MJ1/2

No.NameName

RJ - 45

Twist-pair cable

• Cross cable

1.4 Wiring 1-25

MJ1/2

RJ - 45

12345678 12345678

TX+

TX-

RX+

RX-

No.

TX+

TX-

RX+

RX-

MJ1/2

No.NameName

RJ - 45

Twist-pair cable

1-26 1. Overview

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device

1.5.1 PLC1 to PLC8

To enable communication with a PLC, a temperature controller, an inverter, etc., the following settings are required to be set on the editor. You can see the contents of these settings on the V8 Main Menu screen. For the Main Menu screen, refer to the separate V8 Series Hardware Specifications manual.

Selecting a Device to be Connected

Communication Setting

Connection Mode

Signal Level

Baud Rate

Data Length

Stop Bit

Parity

Target Port No.

Select a connection mode. 1 : 1 / 1 : n / Multi-link / Multi-link2 Available options vary, depending on which device is connected. See the list at the end of this manual.

Select a signal level. RS-232C / RS-422/485

Select a baud rate. 4800 / 9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 / 76800 / 115K BPS

Select a data length. 7-Bit / 8-Bit

Select a stop bit. 1-Bit / 2-Bit

Select an option for parity bit. None / Odd / Even

Specify a port number of the connected device. 0 to 31 (Modbus RTU: 1 to 255)

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device 1-27

Transmission Mode

Time-out Time

Retrials

Send Delay Time

Start Time

Comm. Error Handling

Reset Condition

Code

Text Process

Select a transmission mode for the connected device. This setting is required if a device of Mitsubishi, Omron, Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems, Yokogawa, JTEKT, or Yaskawa is in use.

Specify a period of time allowed for V8 to monitor a response from its connected device. If V8 receives no response within the specified time, it retries to communicate with it. 0 to 999 (× 10 msec)

Specify the number of retrials to be allowed in the event of a timeout during communication. If a timeout persists even after as many retrials as specified, an error handing routine will take place. 1 to 255

Specify a delay time that elapses before V8 sends the next command after receiving a response from its connected device. Normally use the default setting. 0 to 255 (× 1 msec)

PLC

MONITOUCH

Send delay time “t”

Specify a delay time that elapses before V8 starts to send commands upon power-up. If V8 and its connected device are turned on at the same time and the device is slower to start up, set [Start Time]. 0 to 255 (× 1 sec)

Select an action to be taken in the event of a communication error.

• [Stop] Communication will be stopped entirely and the communication error screen will be displayed. The [RETRY] switch is available to retry the reestablishment of communication.

• [Continue] The communication error message will be displayed in the top-left of the screen. The same communication will continue until restoration, and screen operation is not allowed then. When communication has been returned to a normal state, the message disappears and screen operation is allowed.

• [Disconnect] No error message will appear and communication will proceed to the next.

However, communication with the device, in which a timeout was detected, will be disconnected.

* Internal memory must be specified for [Read Area] and [Write Area].

This setting is valid when [Disconnect] is selected for [Comm. Error Handling].

• [ Return Time] 1 to 255 sec (× 10 sec) When the specified time has elapsed, V8 checks the restoration of the device which discontinued communicating.

• [ Auto-restoration upon screen switch-over] When the screen is switched, V8 checks the restoration of the device which discontinued communicating.

Select a code for the connected device. The selected option is reflected through the data displayed on graphs or trending sampling parts. DEC/BCD

Specify a byte order in text data. This setting is valid for macro commands that handle text.

LSB → MSB / MSB → LSB

[LSB → MSB]

[MSB → LSB]

15 0

MSB

LSB

2nd byte 1st byte

15 0

MSB

LSB

1st byte 2nd byte

*1 Be sure to match the settings to those made on the connected device.

1-28 1. Overview

Detail

Priority

System memory ($s) V7 Compatible (PLC1)

System memory ($s) V7 Compatible (PLC2)

Transfer Table Control Memory

Multi-link2 with V7/V6

Target Settings

[1] (higher priority) - [8] (lower priority) Specify a priority taken during 8-way communication. If interrupts from two or more devices occur at the same time, communication with these devices will take place in order of priority.

This box is checked if the V7-series screen data has been converted to the data for the V8 series. The system information relevant to 8-way communication will be stored in memory $P1 and $s. For more information, see “Appendix 3 System Memory” (page App3-1).

This box is checked if the V7-series screen data (including temperature control network/PLC2Way settings) has been converted to the data for the V8 series.

• Unchecked $P2:493/494/495 is used as the transfer table control memory.

• Checked $s762/763/764 is used as the transfer table control memory.

For more information, see “Appendix 3 System Memory” (page App3-1). Specify the transfer table control memory for PLC1 - PLC8.

The memory specified here is the same as [Control Memory] in the [Device Memory Map Setting] dialog ([System Setting] → [Device Memory Map] → [Device Memory Map Edit] window → [Device Memory Map Setting] dialog). For more information, see “ Control Memory” (page App1-11).

This box is checked when multi-link2 is used for connecting the V8 together with the V7 or V6.

Connection Check

Memory Connect To PLC Table

Specify a desired memory address used for connection confirmation when communication starts. This memory address will be used mainly during Modbus communication.

Set these items for Ethernet communication. See “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

1.5.2 Read/Write Area

Read/Write Area

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device 1-29

Read Area

Specify a memory address used to give commands for display or operation from the PLC to MONITOUCH. Three words (at the minimum)

of consecutive memory addresses are secured.

For more information, see “ Read area” (page 1-29). This is the area, to which the screen numbers or overlaps displayed on MONITOUCH or a buzzer state will

Write area

Calendar

be written. Three words of consecutive memory addresses are secured. For more information, see “ Write area” (page 1-33).

This setting is valid when the V8’s internal clock The setting allows the calendar data to be read from the device via the selected port at PLC1 - PLC8. The calendar data will be updated when:

• The power is turned on.

•STOP → RUN

• The date changes.

• Bit 11 in the read area “n” is set (ON) (0 → 1 leading edge)

is not used.

*1 More words are required if the sampling function is used:

sampling control memory (three words maximum), sampling data memory (variable depending on the setting)

*2 For more information on the internal clock, refer to the V8 Series Reference Manual.

Read area

The read area is the area where the PLC gives commands for display or operation to MONITOUCH. Three words (at the minimum) of consecutive memory addresses are secured. MONITOUCH always reads data from these three words to display and operate according to the commands.

“Display the ERROR screen.” (a command is given.)

MONITORING

A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5

B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5

D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

ERROR screen is displayed.

ERROR

Power Supply Error Turn the unit OFF at once.

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Memory addresses are allocated as shown below.

Address Contents Operation

Read area = n Sub command/data

V series ← PLCn + 1 Screen status command

n + 2 Screen number command

* Data in these memory addresses is saved at $s460 to 462 of the V series internal memory. For more information on the internal memory

($s), refer to the V8 Series Reference Manual.

1-30 1. Overview

Read area “n” (sub command/data)

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

0000

(1) Free

(2) BZ0 [0 → 1] (leading edge)

(3) BZ1 [0 → 1] (leading edge)

(4) BZ2 [1] (level)

(5) Calendar setting ([0 → 1] (leading edge)

(6) System reserved

(1) Free

When data is saved in this area, the same data is written to [Write Area] “n” after the screen has been displayed. Utilizing this operation, these bits can be used for watch dog monitoring

or display scanning

(2) BZ0 A beep (peep) sounds at the leading edge [0 → 1].

(3) BZ1 An error buzzer (peep-peep) sounds at the leading edge [0 → 1].

(4) BZ2

A buzzer (ffeee) sounds continuously while the bit remains [1]. When setting this bit, check [Use Continuous Buzzer Sound] ([System Setting] → [Unit Setting] → [General Setting])

This bit is valid when the built-in clock is not used. This bit should be used differently depending on whether the connecting PLC is equipped with the calendar function.

When MONITOUCH is connected to a PLC with calendar function: When calendar data in the PLC is updated, it can forcibly be read by setting this bit (at the leading edge of [0 → 1]).

(5) Calendar setting

In addition to calendar data update using this bit, calendar data in the PLC is automatically read and updated when:

• The power is turned on.

•STOP → RUN

• The date changes (AM 00:00:00).

When MONITOUCH is connected to a PLC without calendar function: A virtual calendar area can be provided by setting [Calendar memory] in the [GD-80 Compatible] tab window ([Read/Write Area] → [GD-80 Compatible]). Then setting this bit (ON) updates the calendar data.

(6) System reserved This bit is reserved by the system. This bit must be “0”.

*1 Watchdog

When the PLC is communicating with MONITOUCH, there is no means for the PLC to know whether or not MONITOUCH is doing operations correctly. To solve this one-way communication, change data in bits 0 to 7 in [Read Area] “n” and check that the same data is saved in bits 0 to 7 in [Write Area] “n”. This proves that the V series is correctly doing operations through communications with the PLC. This verification is called “watchdog”.

Change data in [Read Area] “n”. (Bits 0 to 7)

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

Data in [Write Area] “n” is changed. (Bits 0 to 7)

MONITORING

A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5

B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5

D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5

*2 Display scanning

This operation can be utilized for display scanning. Change data in bits 0 to 7 in [Read Area] “n” when giving a graphic change command and check that the same data is saved in bits 0 to 7 in [Write Area] “n”. This can prove that the graphic change command is received and executed correctly.

[A-1] to [A-5] ON-display commands

Data in [Read Area] “n” (Bits 0 to 7)

Change data in [Read Area] “n”.

(Bits 0 to 7)

Data in [Write Area] “n”

(Bits 0 to 7)

MONITORING

A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5

B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5

D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

[A-1] to [A-5] ON-display: Normal termination

*3 If this bit is used during constant sampling, data sampling timing may be shifted. If this bit is set during constant sampling, we

recommend you to reset the sampling as well.

Read area “n + 1” (screen status command)

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

0000

(4) Overlap 3

(5) System reserved

(6) Global macro execution [0 → 1] (leading edge)

(7) Data sheet output [0 → 1] (leading edge)

(8) Screen hard copy [0 → 1] (leading edge)

(9) Backlight (level)

(10) Analog RGB input (level)

(11) Screen internal switching (level)

(12) Screen forced switching [0 → 1] (leading edge)

(13) Data read refresh [0 →] (leading edge)

These bits are used for controlling show/hide operations of overlaps.

(1) Overlap 0

(2) Overlap 1

(3) Overlap 2

(4) Overlap 3

• Normal overlap or call-overlap

[0 → 1] (leading edge [1 → 0] (falling edge

• Multi-overlap [0] (level [1] (level

): Hide

): Show

It is necessary to specify library No. 0 to 1023 for [Overlap Library Number] for [Multi-Overlap] dialog.

This bit is used for controlling show/hide operations of the global overlap screen.

[0 → 1]: Show [1 → 0]: Hide

It is necessary to specify library No. 0 to 9999 for [Overlap Library Number] in the [Global Overlap Setting] dialog.

): Show

): Hide

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device 1-31

(1) Overlap 0

(2) Overlap 1

(3) Overlap 2

(5) System reserved This bit is reserved by the system. This bit must be “0”.

The macro set for [Macro Block] is executed once at [0 → 1] (leading edge).

(6) Global macro execution

(7) Data sheet output

(8) Screen hard copy

The macro block number should be specified for [Global Macro Memory] in the dialog that is displayed by selecting [System Setting] → [Macro Setting]. For more information, refer to the Macro Reference manual provided separately.

The data sheet is printed out at [0 → 1] (leading edge). This bit becomes valid when the data sheet function is set.

The V series screen image is printed out at [0 → 1] (leading edge). This bit becomes valid when a printer is connected. It is also possible to make a screen hard copy using an internal switch [Function: Hard Copy].

This bit becomes valid when an option other than [Always ON] is selected in the [Backlight] tab window that

(9) Backlight

is displayed by selecting [System Setting] → [Unit Setting].

[0] (level): OFF when the conditions are satisfied [1] (level): ON

These bits are used for controlling show/hide operations of the analog RGB input screen.

(10) Analog RGB input

[0] (level): RGB input screen not displayed (RUN screen displayed) [1] (level): RGB input screen displayed

This bit controls screen switching by internal switches.

(11) Screen internal switching

[0]: Screen switching by internal switches is enabled. [1]: Screen switching by internal switches is disabled.

* An “internal switch” means a switch you can create for internal processing within MONITOUCH by

selecting [Screen] or [Return] for [Function:] of the switch.

(12) Screen forced switching

(13) Data read refresh

This bit is used for switching the screen using the read area “n + 2” when the required screen number has already been specified in “n + 2”.

All the data display items on the screen are refreshed at [0 → 1] (leading edge). This is applied to every data display item regardless of the setting for [Process Cycle].

*1 It is possible to make this function work with the bit in the level. For more information, refer to the V8 Series Reference Manual provided

separately.

*2 As an exception, a multi-overlap may appear/disappear at the edge. For more information, refer to the V8 Series Reference Manual

provided separately.

1-32 1. Overview

*3 Usage Example

Step a: Screen change according to read area “n + 2” Step b: Screen change with an internal switch Step c: Screen change to the same screen number as step 1 according to read area “n + 2” In this case, however, the same value is stored in read area “n + 2” so the command is not valid. In such a case, it is possible to forcibly switch the screen to the screen number contained in read area “n + 2” at the leading edge [0 → 1] of bit 14.

D000 D001 D002

Data in the read area “n + 2” remains “5” even if the actual screen has been

Read area “n + 2” = external screen command

Screen No. 5

No. 2

Screen No. 2

No. 2

switched by an internal command.

To show screen No. 5 again using an external screen command, set [0 → 1] to bit 14 of read area “n + 1”.

Screen forced switching (bit 14)

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

D000

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

D001 D002

Reset to this bit after you check that bit 14 of write area “n+1” is set to “1” or the same value is stored in write area “n+2” as the value in read area “n+2”.

Screen No. 5

No. 2

Read area “n + 2” (screen number command)

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

(1) Screen number

0 to 9999 These bits are used for switching the screen by an external command.

(1) Screen number command

When a screen number is specified in these bits, the screen is displayed. Even if the screen has been switched using an internal switch, it is possible to switch the screen using an external command from the PLC. External commands have priority over internal switches.

*1 Screen No. Error

When MONITOUCH has started communications with the PLC, the screen of the screen number specified in read area “n + 2” is displayed. If the screen number specified in read area “n + 2” does not exist in the screen data, “Screen No. Error” is displayed on MONITOUCH.

SYSTEM

F 1

Data Loading...

Screen No. Error

Before starting communications with the PLC, check the data in [Read Area] “n + 2” and confirm that the screen number to be displayed at first is specified.

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device 1-33

Write area

This is the area where data is written from [Read Area], such as the displayed screen number, overlap display status, buzzer sounding status, etc. Three words of consecutive memory addresses are secured. MONITOUCH writes information to these three words during communications with the PLC. When the V series has completed a display operation, sub command/data in [Read Area] “n” is written.

Backlight OFF! (The unit status is set to the write area.)

MONITORING

A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5

B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5

D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

SYSTEM

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

The backlight goes OFF when the screen is not touched for a certain time.

Memory addresses are allocated as shown below.

Address Contents Operation

Write area =

n Same as data in read area “n”

n + 1 Screen status

V series → PLC

n + 2 Displayed screen number

* Data in these memory addresses is saved at $s464 to 466 of the V series internal memory. For more information on the

internal memory ($s), refer to the V8 Series Reference Manual.

Write Area “n” (output of read area “n”)

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

0000

(1) Free

(2) BZ0

(3) BZ1

(4) BZ2

(5) Calendar setting

(6) System reserved

(1) Free

(2) BZ0

(3) BZ1

These bits reflect the data in read area “n” at the time MONITOUCH has been finished with processing.

(4) BZ2

(5) Calendar setting

(6) System reserved Always “0”

1-34 1. Overview

Write area “n + 1” (screen status)

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

(14) Data read refresh

000

(1) Overlap 0

(2) Overlap 1

(3) Overlap 2

(4) Overlap 3

(5) System reserved

(6) Serial extension I/O

(7) Global macro execution

(8) Printer busy

(9) Print data transferring

(10) Backlight

(11) Analog RGB input

(12) Screen internal switching

(13) Screen forced switching

(1) Overlap 0 (2) Overlap 1 (3) Overlap 2 (4) Overlap 3

Overlap status

[0]: Hide [1]: Show

(5) System reserved Always “0”

Serial extension I/O (V-I/O) status

(6) Serial extension I/O

[0]: Normal [1]: Error

(7) Global macro execution This bit reflects the data in bit 8 of read area “n + 1”.

(8) Printer busy

(9) Print data transferring

Printer status

Print data transferring status when a print command (hard copy, sample print or data sheet) is executed

[0]: Not busy [1]: Busy

[0 → 1]: Print data transferring start [1 → 0]: Print data transferring end

(10) Backlight

Backlight ON/OFF status

[0]: OFF [1]: ON

* Even if bit 11 (backlight) in read area “n + 1” is reset (0: OFF), this bit shows “1” if the backlight is on.

Analog RGB input screen status

(11) Analog RGB input

[0]: RGB input screen not displayed (RUN screen displayed) [1]: RGB input screen displayed

(12)Screen internal switching This bit reflects the data in bit 13 of read area “n + 1”.

(13)Screen forced switching This bit reflects the data in bit 14 of read area “n + 1”.

(14) Data read refresh This bit reflects the data in bit 15 of read area “n + 1”.

*1 Example:

a. Display overlap No. 0 from read area (n + 1) using an external command. b. Display overlap No. 0 internally using the [Function: Overlap = ON] switch. In either case (a or b), bit 0 of write area “n + 1” is set (ON). In the case of b, the bit in read area “n + 1” remains “0”.

External command for screen display from read area “n + 1”

Line A Paint Process

D001

Screen Change

Line C Line DLine A Line B

Numerical

data

display

Error

Error AlarmMonitor

Line A Paint Process

Screen Change

Line C Line DLine A Line B

Numerical

data

display

Error

Error AlarmMonitor

Internal command for screen display using a switch on the screen

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device 1-35

When an overlap is displayed on the screen, bit 0 in write area “n + 1” is set to “1”.

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

(Write area “n + 1”)

*2 Data of bits 9 and 10 is output to internal memory address $s16. For more information on the internal memory ($s), refer to the V8 Series

Reference Manual.

*3 Data of bit 11 is output to internal memory address $s17. For more information on the internal memory ($s), refer to the V8 Series

Reference Manual.

Write area “n + 2” (displayed screen number)

15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

(1) Screen number

0 to 9999 Screen number currently displayed

1-36 1. Overview

GD-80 Compatible

GD-80 Compatible Read/Write Area

Calendar

When converting screen data files created on the MONITOUCH GD-80/81S series into those of the V8 series, this option is automatically checked.

• Unchecked: The memory addresses allocated to the V series are applied to the read and write areas. (See page 1-29.)

• Checked: The memory addresses allocated to the GD-80/81S series are applied to the read and write areas. For more information on [Read Area] and [Write Area] of the GD-80/81S series, refer to the GD-80 User’s Manual provided separately.

Use this memory area when the connected device is not equipped with the calendar function and the V8 series built-in clock * is not used.

Calendar memory

Follow the steps below to set the calendar memory.

1. Specify the desired memory address for [Calendar]. Six words are occupied consecutively.

2. Save calendar data in the calendar memory addresses specified in step 1 in BCD notation. The allocation of calendar memory is shown below.

Memory Contents

n Year (BCD 0 to 99) n + 1 Month (BCD 1 to 12) n + 2 Day (BCD 1 to 31) n + 3 Hour (BCD 0 to 23) n + 4 Minute(s) (BCD 0 to 59) n + 5 Second(s) (BCD 0 to 59)

The day of the week is automatically recognized from the above data. It is not necessary to input any data.

3. Set bit 11 (calendar setting) of read area “n”. At the leading edge of this bit (0 → 1), data in calendar memory is set for

calendar data.

*1 Calendar data is cleared when the power is turned off. When the power is turned on, set calendar data according to the

procedure mentioned above.

*2 When using the calendar memory, automatic reading of calendar data at the time of PLC connection as well as

once-a-day automatic correction is not performed. Consequently, some errors may be introduced. Perform the procedure described above at regular intervals.

1.5.3 Others

Printer

Make the setting when connecting to a printer. Refer to the V8 Series Reference Manual.

Card Recorder

Make the setting when connecting a card recorder, “CREC”.

V-I/O

Make the setting when connecting a serial extension I/O unit, “V-I/O”.

Touch Switch

Make the setting when using Touch Switch Emulation function of RGB input display. The option unit (GU-01/GU-10/GU-11) is required to RGB input display. For more information, refer to the V8 Series Reference Manual.

Simulator

Make the setting when saving screen data with simulator program to CF card (USB memory stick) by using CF card manager.

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device 1-37

1-38 1. Overview

Please use this page freely.

2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1 PLC Connection

Serial Connection

2.1 PLC Connection 2-1

PLC Selection

on the Editor

PLC-5

Control Logix / Compact Logix

SLC500 SLC5/03 and later

MicroLogix

*1 Can be connected using the AB’s “1756-CP3” cable + D-sub gender changer (9-pin, female-to-male) commercially available. *2 Use a D-sub gender changer (9-pin, female-to-male) commercially available.

*3 For the ladder transfer function, see “Appendix 5 Ladder Transfer Function”.

CPU Unit/Port

PLC-5/10, PLC-5/12, PLC-5/15, PLC-5/25

PLC-5/11, PLC-5/20, PLC-5/20E, PLC-5/30, PLC-5/40, PLC-5/40L, PLC-5/40E, PLC-5/60, PLC-5/60L, PLC-5/80, PLC-5/80E

1756 Control Logix Logix 5550 1769 Compact Logix Channel 0

MicroLogix 1000 MicroLogix 1100 MicroLogix 1500

Manufacturer Model

Black Box FA440-R2

Misumi DGC-9PP

Signal

Level

1785-KE RS-232C Wiring diagram 3 - C2 Wiring diagram 4 - M2

1770-KF2

Channel 0

1785-KE RS-232C Wiring diagram 3 - C2 Wiring diagram 4 - M2

1770-KF2

Channel 0 RS-232C

1747-KE DF1

Channel 0 RS-232C

RS-232C Wiring diagram 4 - C2 Wiring diagram 5 - M2

RS-422 Wiring diagram 2 - C4 Wiring diagram 2 - M4

RS-232C Wiring diagram 4 - C2 Wiring diagram 5 - M2

RS-422 Wiring diagram 3 - C4 Wiring diagram 3 - M4

RS-232C Wiring diagram 4 - C2 Wiring diagram 5 - M2

RS-422 Wiring diagram 2 - C4 Wiring diagram 2 - M4

RS-232C

RS-232C Wiring diagram 2 - C2 Wiring diagram 2 - M2

RS-422 Wiring diagram 1 - C4 Wiring diagram 1 - M4

CN1 MJ1/MJ2

Wiring diagram 1 - C2

AB’s

“1761-CBL-PM02”

Gender changer

Connection

Wiring diagram 1 - M2

AB’s

“1761-CBL-PM02”

Wiring diagram 3 - M2

MJ2 (4-wire)

V806

Ladder

Transfer

Ethernet Connection

PLC Selection on the Editor CPU Unit TCP/IP UDP/IP Port No.

PLC-5 (Ethernet)

Control Logix (Ethernet)

SLC500 (Ethernet TCP/IP) SLC 5/05

MicroLogix (Ethernet TCP/IP) MicroLogix 1100 -

NET-ENI (SLC500 Ethernet TCP/IP)

NET-ENI (MicroLogix Ethernet TCP/IP)

*1 For the ladder transfer function, see “Appendix 5 Ladder Transfer Function”. *2 Supported by V-SFT version 5.4.27.0 or later and by system program version 1.920 or later.

PLC-5/20E PLC-5/40E PLC-5/80E

Logix 5550 1756-ENBT/A 1769-L32E

1769-L35E 1769-L27ERM-QBFC1B

SLC 5/03 SLC 5/04 SLC 5/05

MicroLogix 1000 MicroLogix 1100 MicroLogix 1200 MicroLogix 1500

1747-L551 1747-L552 1747-L553

1761-NET-ENI 1761-NET-ENIW

- 44818 fixed

44818 fixed

Fixed to 44818 (Max. 6 units)

Ladder

Transfer

2-2 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1.1 PLC-5

Communication Setting

Editor

Communication setting

Item Setting Remarks

Connection Mode

Signal Level RS-232C Baud Rate 4800 / 9600 / 19200 Data Length 7 / 8 Stop Bit 1 Parity None / Even Target Port No. 0 to 31

PLC

Series A 1785-KE

1 : 1

/ 1 : n / Multi-link2 / Multi-link2 (Ethernet) /

1 : n Multi-link2 (Ethernet)

/ RS-422/485

bps

bits Fixed to 8 bits except for Channel 0

/ 2 bits

(Underlined setting: default)

SW-1 (RS-232C Link Features)

No. Item Setting Remarks

SW1: OFF SW2: OFF

1, 2, 5 RS-232C Link Features

3 Detect duplicate messages ON

4 Hand shaking signals OFF Ignore handshaking signals

SW5: OFF

SW1: ON SW2: OFF SW5: OFF

Error check: BCC Parity: None Embedded response: No

Error check: BCC Parity: Even Embedded response: No

Detect and ignore duplicate messages

SW-2 (For Future Use)

No Setting Remarks

1, 2 OFF Always OFF (system reserved)

SW-3, SW-4 (Node Number)

SW Item Setting Remarks

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SW-3

SW-4

First digit (OCT)

Second digit (OCT)

SW1 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON SW2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON SW3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SW1 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON SW2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON SW3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

Setting example: Station number 15 (DEC) = 17 (OCT)

SW-3: ON, OFF, OFF SW-4: ON, ON, ON

SW-5 (Network Link Communication Rate)

No. Item Setting Remarks

1 2 ON

Network Communication Rate

57600 bps For DH+ port

2.1 PLC Connection 2-3

SW-6 (RS-232C Communication Rate and Diagnostic Commands)

No. Item Setting Remarks

1 2

RS-232C Communication Rate

4 Diagnostic Commands ON Execute diagnostic commands

4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps SW1 ON OFF ON SW2 OFF ON ON SW3ONONON

Set the same value as the one set on V8.

Series B 1785-KE

SW-1 (RS-232C Link Features)

No. Item Setting Remarks

SW1: OFF SW2: OFF

1-3 RS-232C Link Features

4 Detect duplicate messages ON

5 Hand shaking signals OFF Ignore handshaking signals 6 Diagnostic Commands ON Execute diagnostic commands

SW3: OFF

SW1: ON SW2: OFF SW3: OFF

Error check: BCC Parity: None Embedded response: No

Error check: BCC Parity: Even Embedded response: No

Detect and ignore duplicate messages

SW-2 (Node Number)

No. Item Setting Remarks

1 2

3-5 Octal Digit 1

6-8 Octal Digit 2

Octal Digit 0 0

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SW3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON SW4 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON SW5 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SW6 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON SW7 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON SW8 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

SW1: ON SW2: ON

Setting example: Station number 15 (DEC) = 17 (OCT)

SW3-5: ON, OFF, OFF SW6-8: ON, ON, ON

SW-3 (Communication Rates and Local/Remote Option)

No. Item Setting Remarks

1 2 ON

3-5 RS-232 Link Baud Rate

6 Local / Remote operation ON Local mode

Network Communication Rate

SW3 ON OFF ON SW4 OFF ON ON SW5ONONON

57600 bps For DH+ port

4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps

Set the same value as the one set on V8.

SW-4 (For Future Use)

No. Setting Remarks 1-4 OFF Always OFF (system reserved)

* Series B 1785-KE switch: ON = 0: DOWN (lower), OFF = 1: UP (upper)

2-4 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

1770-KF2

Setting changes will take effect when the power is turned on. After changing a setting, turn the power off and back on again.

SW-1 (Asynchronous Link Features)

No. Item Setting Remarks

1, 2, 5 Asynchronous Link Features

3 Detect duplicate messages ON

4 Hand shaking signals OFF Ignore handshaking signals

SW-2, SW-3, SW-4 (Station Number)

SW Item Setting Remarks

SW-2 First Digit 0

SW-3

SW-4

Second Digit (OCT)

Third Digit (OCT)

SW1: OFF SW2: OFF SW5: OFF

SW1: ON SW2: OFF SW5: OFF

SW1: ON SW2: ON

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SW3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON SW4 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON SW5 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SW6 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON SW7 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON SW8 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

Error check: BCC Parity: None Embedded response: No

Error check: BCC Parity: Even Embedded response: No

Detect and ignore duplicate messages

Setting example: Station number 15 (DEC) = 17 (OCT)

SW-3: ON, OFF, OFF SW-4: ON, ON, ON

SW-5 (Network Link Communication Rate)

No. Item Setting Remarks

1 2 ON

Network Communication Rate

57600 bps For DH+ port

SW-6 (Asynchronous Link Communication Rate and Diagnostic Commands)

No. Item Setting Remarks

4800 bps 9600 bps

1, 2, 3 Asynchronous Communication Rate

4 Diagnostic Commands ON

SW1 ON OFF SW2 OFF ON SW3 ON ON

Execute Received Diagnostic Commands

Set the same value as the one set on V8.

SW-7 (Selecting the Network Link)

No. Item Setting Remarks

1 2 OFF

Selecting the Network Link

Peer Communication Link

SW-8 (RS-232-C/RS-422-A Selection)

No. Item Setting Remarks

RS-232C RS-422

1, 2 Selection of RS-232C / RS-422-A

SW1 OFF ON SW2 ON OFF

Channel 0

SW-2 (Selection of RS-232C/RS-422A)

SW Setting Remarks

No. RS-232C RS-422A

1ON OFF 2ON OFF 3ON ON 4OFF OFF

SW2

5OFF OFF 6ON OFF 7ON OFF 8OFF OFF 9ON ON

10 OFF OFF

Channel Configuration

2.1 PLC Connection 2-5

ON: Lower position OFF: Upper position

Channel 0

Serial Port

Options

Item Setting Remarks

Communication Mode System (Point to Point)

Remote Mode Change Unchecked

Baud Rate 4800 / 9600 / 19.2 K

Bits Per Char 7 / 8

Stop Bits 1 / 2

Control Line No Handshaking

Parity NONE / EVEN

Error Detect BCC

Detect Duplicate Messages Checked

NAK Receive 3

DF1 ENQs 3

ACK Timeout (20 msec) 50

Message application timeout 30 seconds

2-6 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T.ACC (timer/current value) 02H T.PRE (timer/set value) 03H C.ACC (counter/current value) 04H C.PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R(control) 0BH R.LEN (control/data length) 0CH R.POS (control/data position) 0DH D (BCD) 0EH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code F007”, etc. is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below. Example: For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

Element number File number Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

Bit number Element number File number Device

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

Indirect Memory Designation

2.1 PLC Connection 2-7

• For the file numbers 0 to 65:

15 8 7 0

MSB LSB n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Address No. n + 2 00 Bit designation n + 3 00 Station number

• For the file numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Lower address No. n + 2 Higher address No. n + 3 00 Bit designation n + 4 00 Station number

• Specify the file number as well as the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Example: When specifying N120:123

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number. 120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and “0001” for the upper address number.

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control)

DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

- C: Counter (control)

UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

- R: Control

FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

2-8 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1.2 PLC-5 (Ethernet)

Communication Setting

Editor

Make the following settings on the editor. For more information, see “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

• IP address for the V8 unit

- When specified on the screen data:

[System Setting] → [Ethernet Communication] → [Local Port IP Address]

- When specified on the V8 unit:

Main Menu screen → [Ethernet]

• Port number for the V8 unit (for communication with PLC) [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [Communication Setting]

• IP address and port number (No. 44818) of the PLC [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [PLC Table]

PLC

Channel 2

Channel Configuration (Channel 2)

Item Setting Remarks Network Configuration Type Static IP Address Set the IP address of the PLC. Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of the PLC. Gateway Address Specify according to the environment.

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T.ACC (timer/current value) 02H T.PRE (timer/set value) 03H C.ACC (counter/current value) 04H C.PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R (control) 0BH R.LEN (control/data length) 0CH R.POS (control/data position) 0DH D (BCD) 0EH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H

2.1 PLC Connection 2-9

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code F007”, etc. is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below. Example: For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

Element number File number Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

Bit number Element number File number Device

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

2-10 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Indirect Memory Designation

• For the file numbers 0 to 65:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n+0 Model Memory type n+1 Address No. n+2 00 Bit designation n+3 00 Station number

• For the file numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n+0 Model Memory type n+1 Lower address No. n+2 Higher address No. n+3 00 Bit designation n+4 00 Station number

• Specify the file number as well as the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Example: When specifying N120:123

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number.

120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and

“0001” for the higher address number.

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control) DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

- C: Counter (control) UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

- R: Control FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

2.1.3 Control Logix / Compact Logix

The logical port PLC1 can only be selected because the tag table is used.

Communication Setting

Editor

Communication setting

Item Setting Remarks

Connection Mode 1 : 1

Signal Level RS-232C Baud Rate 4800 / 9600 / 19200 Data Length 8 Stop Bit 1 Parity None Target Port No. 0

PLC

Control Logix

/ Multi-link2

/ RS-422/485

/ 38400 / 57600 115k bps

bits

/ 2 bits

/ Odd / Even

to 31

2.1 PLC Connection 2-11

(Underlined setting: default)

For multi-link2, be sure to use the same tag table.

Serial port

Item Setting Remarks MODE System Baud Rate 38400 Data Bits 8 Parity None Stop Bits 1 Control Line No Handshake

2-12 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

System protocol

Item Setting Remarks Protocol DF1 Point to Point Station Address 0 NAK Receive Limit 3 ENQ Transmit Limit 3 ACK Timeout 50 Embedded Responses Autodetect Error Detection BCC Enable Duplicate Detection Checked

Compact Logix

CH0 - serial port

Item Setting Remarks MODE System Baud Rate 38400 Data Bits 8 Parity None Stop Bits 1 Control Line No Handshake

CH0 - system protocol

2.1 PLC Connection 2-13

Available Memory

Create a CSV file by exporting “tag” created by using the ladder tool of the PLC. Then import the CSV file into the editor to set the PLC memory. For more information on importing, exporting and creating a tag, refer to “Connection with A•B Control Logix” provided separately.

Indirect Memory Designation

Not available

2-14 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1.4 Control Logix (Ethernet)

The logical port PLC1 can only be selected because the tag table is used.

Communication Setting

Editor

Make the following settings on the editor. For more information, see “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

• IP address for the V8 unit

- When specified on the screen data:

[System Setting] → [Ethernet Communication] → [Local Port IP Address]

- When specified on the V8 unit:

Main Menu screen → [Ethernet]

• Port number for the V8 unit (for communication with PLC) [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [Communication Setting]

• IP address and port number (No. 44818) of the PLC [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [PLC Table]

Valid only for 1 : 1 connection

IP address and port number (No. 44818) for the PLC

• Others

• [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [Communication Setting] → [CPU Slot No. Setting]

- Unchecked (default) The CPU slot No. is fixed to “0”.

CPU Ethernet

Slot

No.0

No.1

No.2

Slot No.3

2.1 PLC Connection 2-15

- Checked

Specify the CPU slot number for [PLC Table] in the [Target Settings] tab window ([System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting]). Setting range: 0 to 16

CPUEthernet

Slot

No.0

No.1

No.2

Slot No.3

PLC

Use one of the following utilities to set an IP address. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

• BOOTP utility

• RSLinx software

• RSLogix 5000 software

Available Memory

Valid only for 1 : 1 connection

CPU slot No. 0 to 16

Indirect Memory Designation

Not available

2-16 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1.5 SLC500

Communication Setting

Editor

Communication setting

Item Setting Remarks Connection Mode 1 : 1 Signal Level RS-232C Baud Rate 4800 / 9600 / 19200 Data Length 7 / 8 Stop Bit 1 Parity None / Even Target Port No. 0 to 31

PLC

Channel 0

(Underlined setting: default)

/ 1 : n / Multi-link2

/ RS-422/485

/ 38400 bps

bits

/ 2 bits

Channel Configuration (chan. 0 - system)

Item Setting Remarks Driver DF1 Full Duplex Baud 9600 / 19200 / 38400 Parity None Stop Bits 1 Control Line No Handshaking Error Detection BCC Embedded Responses Auto Detect Duplicate Packet Detect Checked

/ Even

/ 2

(Underlined setting: default)

1747-KE

Jumper JW2

Item Setting Remarks

RS-232

RS-422

DF1 port setup menu

Item Setting Remarks Baudrate 19200 Bits Per Character 8 Parity Even Stop Bits 1

DF1 full-duplex setup menu

2.1 PLC Connection 2-17

Item Setting Remarks Duplicate Packet Detection Enabled Checksum BCC Constant Carrier Detect Disabled Message Timeout 400 Hardware Handshaking Disabled Embedded Response Detect Auto Detect ACK Timeout (× 5 ms) 90 ENQuiry Retries 3 NAK Received Retries 3

2-18 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T. ACC (timer/current value) 02H T. PRE (timer/set value) 03H C. ACC (counter/current value) 04H C. PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R(control) 0BH R. LEN (control/data length) 0CH R. POS (control/data position) 0DH D (BCD) 0EH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code 10 00” is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below.

• Address other than input/output

- For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

Element number File number Device

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

• Input/output address

- For word access For bit access

I: xxx. yyy

Element number Slot No. Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

I: xxx. yyy/zz

2.1 PLC Connection 2-19

Bit number Element number File number Device

Bit number Element number Slot No. Device

Indirect Memory Designation

• For the file or slot numbers 0 to 65:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Address No. n + 2 00 Bit designation n + 3 00 Station number

• Specify the file number or slot number and the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Example: When specifying N120:123

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control)

- C: Counter (control)

- R: Control

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number.

120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and

“0001” for the upper address number.

DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

• For the file or slot numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Lower address No. n + 2 Higher address No. n + 3 00 Bit designation n + 4 00 Station number

2-20 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1.6 SLC500 (Ethernet TCP/IP)

Communication Setting

Editor

Make the following settings on the editor. For more information, see “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

• IP address for the V8 unit

- When specified on the screen data:

[System Setting] → [Ethernet Communication] → [Local Port IP Address]

- When specified on the V8 unit:

Main Menu screen → [Ethernet]

• Port number for the V8 unit (for communication with PLC) [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [Communication Setting]

• IP address and port number (No. 44818) of the PLC [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [PLC Table]

PLC

Channel 1

Channel Configuration (Channel 1)

Item Setting Remarks Driver Ethernet IP Address PLC’s IP address Subnet Mask PLC’s subnet mask

Gateway Address

Make settings in accordance with the network

environment.

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T. ACC (timer/current value) 02H T. PRE (timer/set value) 03H C. ACC (counter/current value) 04H C. PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R (control) 0BH R. LEN (control/data length) 0CH R. POS (control/data position) 0DH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H

2.1 PLC Connection 2-21

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code 10 00” is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

2-22 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below.

• Address other than input/output

- For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

• Input/output address

- For word access For bit access

I: xxx. yyy

Element number File number Device

Element number Slot No. Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

Bit number Element number File number Device

I: xxx. yyy/zz

Bit number Element number Slot No. Device

Indirect Memory Designation

• For the file or slot numbers 0 to 65:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Address No. n + 2 00 Bit designation n + 3 00 Station number

• Specify the file number or slot number and the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Example: When specifying N120:123

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control)

- C: Counter (control)

- R: Control

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number.

120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and

“0001” for the upper address number.

DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

• For the file or slot numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Lower address No. n + 2 Higher address No. n + 3 00 Bit designation n + 4 00 Station number

2.1.7 Micro Logix

Communication Setting

Editor

Communication setting

Item Setting Remarks Connection Mode 1 : 1 Signal Level RS-232C Baud Rate 4800 / 9600 Data Length 7 / 8 Stop Bit 1 bit Parity None Target Port No. 0

PLC

Channel Configuration

2.1 PLC Connection 2-23

(Underlined setting: default)

/ Multi-link2

/ RS-422/485

/ 19200 / 38400 bps

bits

/ Even

to 31

Micro Logix 1000

Item Setting Remarks

Baud 4800 / 9600

Micro Logix 1100, 1500

(Underlined setting: default)

/ 19200 / 38.4K

Channel 0

Item Setting Remarks Driver DF1 Full Duplex Baud 4800 / 9600 / 19200 Parity None Control Line No Handshaking Error Detection BCC Embedded Responses Auto Detect Duplicate Packet Detect Checked

/ 38.4K

/ Even

(Underlined setting: default)

2-24 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Calendar

This model is not equipped with the calendar function. Use the built-in clock of the V series.

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T. ACC (timer/current value) 02H T. PRE (timer/set value) 03H C. ACC (counter/current value) 04H C. PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R(control) 0BH R. LEN (control/data length) 0CH R. POS (control/data position) 0DH D (BCD) 0EH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H L (LONG) 12H Double-word

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code 10 00” is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below.

• Address other than input/output

- For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

Element number File number Device

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

• Input/output address

- For word access For bit access

I: xxx. yyy

Element number Slot No. Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

I: xxx. yyy/zz

2.1 PLC Connection 2-25

Bit number Element number File number Device

Bit number Element number Slot No. Device

Indirect Memory Designation

• For the file or slot numbers 0 to 65:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Address No. n + 2 00 Bit designation n + 3 00 Station number

• Specify the file number or slot number and the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Example: When specifying N120:123

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control)

- C: Counter (control)

- R: Control

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number. 120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and “0001” for the upper address number.

DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

• For the file or slot numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Lower address No. n + 2 Higher address No. n + 3 00 Bit designation n + 4 00 Station number

2-26 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1.8 Micro Logix (Ethernet TCP/IP)

Communication Setting

Editor

Make the following settings on the editor. For more information, see “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

• IP address for the V8 unit

- When specified on the screen data:

[System Setting] → [Ethernet Communication] → [Local Port IP Address]

- When specified on the V8 unit:

Main Menu screen → [Ethernet]

• Port number for the V8 unit (for communication with PLC) [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [Communication Setting]

• IP address and port number (No. 44818) of the PLC [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [PLC Table]

PLC

Channel 1

Channel Configuration (Channel 1)

Item Setting Remarks Driver Ethernet IP Address PLC’s IP address Subnet Mask PLC’s subnet mask

Gateway Address

Make settings in accordance with the network

environment.

Calendar

This model is not equipped with the calendar function. Use the built-in clock of the V series.

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T. ACC (timer/current value) 02H T. PRE (timer/set value) 03H C. ACC (counter/current value) 04H C. PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R (control) 0BH R. LEN (control/data length) 0CH R. POS (control/data position) 0DH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H L (LONG) 12H Double-word

2.1 PLC Connection 2-27

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code 10 00” is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

2-28 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below.

• Address other than input/output

- For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

• Input/output address

- For word access For bit access

I: xxx. yyy

Element number File number Device

Element number Slot No. Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

Bit number Element number File number Device

I: xxx. yyy/zz

Bit number Element number Slot No. Device

Indirect Memory Designation

• For the file or slot numbers 0 to 65:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Address No. n + 2 00 Bit designation n + 3 00 Station number

• Specify the file number or slot number and the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Example: When specifying N120:123

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control)

- C: Counter (control)

- R: Control

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number.

120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and

“0001” for the upper address number.

DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

• For the file or slot numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Lower address No. n + 2 Higher address No. n + 3 00 Bit designation n + 4 00 Station number

2.1.9 NET-ENI (SLC500 Ethernet TCP/IP)

The V8 series establishes communication with SLC500 via NET-ENI.

Ethernet

SYSTEM

192.168.1.11

Communication Setting

Editor

Make the following settings on the editor. For more information, see “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

• IP address for the V8 unit

- When specified on the screen data:

[System Setting] → [Ethernet Communication] → [Local Port IP Address]

- When specified on the V8 unit:

Main Menu screen → [Ethernet]

• Port number for the V8 unit (for communication with PLC) [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [Communication Setting]

• IP address and port number (No. 44818) of the PLC [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [PLC Table]

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

NET-ENI

RS-232

192.168.1.10

RS-232C

AB’s cable

“1761-CBL-PM02”

2.1 PLC Connection 2-29

SLC500

Micro Logix

Channel0

PLC

NET-ENI / NET-ENIW

ENI / ENIW Utility

Item Setting Remarks

232 Baud Rate Auto

ENI IP Addr

Press [ENI ROM] to save the settings.

ENI IP Address Set the IP address of NET-ENI. Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of NET-ENI. Gateway Make settings in accordance with the network environment.

2-30 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

SLC500

Channel Configuration

Chan. 0 - System

Item Setting Remarks Driver DF1 Full Duplex Baud 9600 / 19200 / 38400 Parity None Stop Bits 1 Control Line No Handshaking Error Detection CRC Embedded Responses Auto Detect Duplicate Packet Detect Checked

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T. ACC (timer/current value) 02H T. PRE (timer/set value) 03H C. ACC (counter/current value) 04H C. PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R (control) 0BH R. LEN (control/data length) 0CH R. POS (control/data position) 0DH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H

2.1 PLC Connection 2-31

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code 10 00” is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

2-32 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below.

• Address other than input/output

- For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

• Input/output address

- For word access For bit access

I: xxx. yyy

Element number File number Device

Element number Slot No. Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

Bit number Element number File number Device

I: xxx. yyy/zz

Bit number Element number Slot No. Device

Indirect Memory Designation

• For the file or slot numbers 0 to 65:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Address No. n + 2 00 Bit designation n + 3 00 Station number

• Specify the file number or slot number and the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Example: When specifying N120:123

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control)

- C: Counter (control)

- R: Control

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number. 120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and “0001” for the upper address number.

DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

• For the file or slot numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Lower address No. n + 2 Higher address No. n + 3 00 Bit designation n + 4 00 Station number

2.1.10 NET-ENI (MicroLogix Ethernet TCP/IP)

The V8 series establishes communication with MicroLogix via NET-ENI.

Ethernet

SYSTEM

192.168.1.11

Communication Setting

Editor

Make the following settings on the editor. For more information, see “Appendix 2 Ethernet”.

• IP address for the V8 unit

- When specified on the screen data:

[System Setting] → [Ethernet Communication] → [Local Port IP Address]

- When specified on the V8 unit:

Main Menu screen → [Ethernet]

• Port number for the V8 unit (for communication with PLC) [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [Communication Setting]

• IP address and port number (No. 44818) of the PLC [System Setting] → [Device Connection Setting] → [PLC Table]

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

NET-ENI

RS-232

192.168.1.10

RS-232C

AB’s cable

“1761-CBL-HM02”

2.1 PLC Connection 2-33

Micro Logix

Channel0

PLC

NET-ENI / NET-ENIW

ENI / ENIW Utility

Item Setting Remarks

232 Baud Rate Auto

ENI IP Addr

Press [ENI ROM] to save the settings.

ENI IP Address Set the IP address of NET-ENI. Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of NET-ENI. Gateway Make settings in accordance with the network environment.

2-34 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

MicroLogix

Channel Configuration

Driver DF1 Full Duplex Baud 4800 / 9600 / 19200 Parity None

Chan. 0

Control Line No Handshaking Error Detection CRC Embedded Responses Auto Detect Duplicate Packet Detect Checked

(Underlined setting: default)

Item Setting Remarks

/ 38.4K

Calendar

This model is not equipped with the calendar function. Use the built-in clock of the V series.

Available Memory

The available memory setting range varies depending on the PLC model. Be sure to set within the range available for the PLC. Use [TYPE] when assigning the indirect memory for macro programs.

N (integer) 00H B (bit) 01H T. ACC (timer/current value) 02H T. PRE (timer/set value) 03H C. ACC (counter/current value) 04H C. PRE (counter/set value) 05H I (input) 06H O (output) 07H S (status) 08H T (timer/control) 09H C (counter/control) 0AH R (control) 0BH R. LEN (control/data length) 0CH R. POS (control/data position) 0DH A (ASCII) 0FH F (FLOAT) 10H Real number ST (STRING) 11H L (LONG) 12H Double-word

2.1 PLC Connection 2-35

Memory TYPE Remarks

Make settings for “Data Files” using the ladder tool. Otherwise, “Error Code 10 00” is displayed on MONITOUCH. For more information, refer to the PLC manual issued by the manufacturer.

2-36 2. ALLEN BRADLEY

Address denotations

The assigned memory is indicated when editing the screen as shown below.

• Address other than input/output

- For word access For bit access

Nxxx: yyy

The file number will not be displayed for the input, output or status memory.

• Input/output address

- For word access For bit access

I: xxx. yyy

Element number File number Device

Element number Slot No. Device

Nxxx: yyy/zz

Bit number Element number File number Device

I: xxx. yyy/zz

Bit number Element number Slot No. Device

Indirect Memory Designation

• For the file or slot numbers 0 to 65:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Address No. n + 2 00 Bit designation n + 3 00 Station number

• Specify the file number or slot number and the element number for the address number.

Example: When specifying N007:123

Example: When specifying N120:123

• When specifying an address for the timer (control), counter (control) or control device in bit designation, specify the bit

number in decimal notation as shown below:

- T: Timer (control)

- C: Counter (control)

- R: Control

Specify “7123” (DEC) for the address number.

Specify “120123” (DEC) for the address number. 120123 (DEC) is equivalent to 1D53B (HEX). Specify “D53B (HEX)” for the lower address number and “0001” for the upper address number.

DN = 13, TT = 14, EN = 15

UA = 10, UN = 11, OV = 12, DN = 13, CD = 14, CU = 15

FD = 08, IN = 09, UL = 10, ER = 11, EM = 12, DN = 13, EU = 14, EN = 15

• For the file or slot numbers 66 to 255:

MSB LSB

15 8 7 0

n + 0 Model Memory type n + 1 Lower address No. n + 2 Higher address No. n + 3 00 Bit designation n + 4 00 Station number

2.1.11 Wiring Diagrams

When Connected at CN1:

RS-232C

Wiring diagram 1 - C2

2.1 PLC Connection 2-37

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

Wiring diagram 2 - C2

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

No.Name

Name

No.

PLC

Dsub 9 (Female)

CD 1

* Use shielded twist-pair cables.

RXD 2

TXD

DTR

SG 5

DSR 6

RTS 7

CTS 8

No.Name

Name

No.

PLC

Dsub 9 (Female)

CD 1

RXD 2

TXD

DTR

SG 5

Wiring diagram 3 - C2

CN1

Dsub 9 (Male)

* Use shielded twist-pair cables.

DSR 6

RTS 7

CTS 8

No.Name

Name

No.

PLC

Dsub 15 (Male)

TXD 2

* Use shielded twist-pair cables.

RXD 3

RTS

CTS

DSR 6

SG 7

DCD 8

DTR 11

Fuji Electric Monitouch V8 Series Connection Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

Record of Revisions

Preface

Notes on Safe Usage of MONITOUCH

Contents

1. Overview

1.1 8-way Communication

1.1.1 Overview

1.1.2 System Composition

Serial Communication

Ethernet Communication

Mixed Serial-Ethernet Communication

1.2 Connection Modes

1.2.1 PLC Connection

Serial Communication

Ethernet Communication

Network Communication

1.2.2 Temperature Controller/Servo/Inverter Connection

Serial Communication

1.2.3 Barcode Reader Connection

Serial Communication

1.2.4 Slave Communication

V-Link

Modbus RTU

Modbus TCP/IP

1.2.5 Other Connections

1.3 Physical Port

1.3.1 CN1

1.3.2 MJ1/MJ2

1.3.3 LAN

1.3.4 Network Communication Port

1.4 Wiring

1.4.1 CN1 Connection

1.4.2 MJ1/MJ2

1.4.3 LAN

1.5 Settings for the Connected Device

1.5.1 PLC1 to PLC8

1.5.2 Read/Write Area

1.5.3 Others

2. ALLEN BRADLEY

2.1 PLC Connection

Serial Connection

Ethernet Connection

2.1.1 PLC-5

2.1.2 PLC-5 (Ethernet)

2.1.3 Control Logix / Compact Logix

2.1.4 Control Logix (Ethernet)

2.1.5 SLC500

2.1.6 SLC500 (Ethernet TCP/IP)

2.1.7 Micro Logix

2.1.8 Micro Logix (Ethernet TCP/IP)

2.1.9 NET-ENI (SLC500 Ethernet TCP/IP)

2.1.10 NET-ENI (MicroLogix Ethernet TCP/IP)

2.1.11 Wiring Diagrams

When Connected at CN1: